{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"145m","title":"145M - KUPO Heavy Duty Baby Stand, Chrome, 4-section \/ 3-riser, 13 kg load","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: from_catalog\/145 mm-heavy-duty-baby-stand.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"145M\" data-color=\" Chrome\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 145M Heavy Duty Baby Stand is a four-section, three-riser chrome steel stand for studio and location crews that need real height without moving into wind-up stand territory. Its 35, 30, 25, and 20 mm stepped tubes carry a 13 kg payload from 135 cm to 400 cm, with a 28 mm top receiver for junior-style fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThis is the stand a gaffer reaches for when a regular baby stand starts to feel optimistic. It gives overhead keys, broad sources, and larger softboxes a wider stance, heavier tubing, and enough height to work above talent without turning the rig into a wrestling match.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Four-section chrome plated steel build gives useful 400 cm reach while staying familiar to studio crews\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e13 kg load rating provides practical headroom for heavier key lights, softboxes, and grip accessories\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e28 mm top receiver accepts junior-style fixtures and adapters without changing the stand head\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e115 cm footprint and 22 mm legs give the stand a planted feel at working height\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Compatible with the KC-080R caster set for rolling moves on studio floors\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 145M is built around reach, not travel minimalism. It opens high enough for overhead lighting positions while closing short enough for standard stand carts and grip trucks.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 135 cm (53.1\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 cm (157.5\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed \/ transport length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 120 cm (47.2\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 sections, 3 risers\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 115 cm (45.3\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax payload:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 kg (28.7 lb); self-weight 6.5 kg (14.3 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTube Diameters: 35 mm, 30 mm, 25 mm, 20 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeg Diameter: 22 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOptional Accessory: KC-080R caster set\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for film and television studios, commercial stills bays, location interviews, and small stage work where fixtures need to sit high, stable, and clear of the working floor.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 28 mm receiver fits junior-style spigots and compatible adapters. The base accepts the KUPO KC-080R caster set when rolling repositioning is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"145M | KUPO Heavy Duty Baby Stand, Chrome, 4-section \/ 3-riser, 13 kg load\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 145M Heavy Duty Baby Stand is a four-section, three-riser chrome steel stand for studio and location crews that need real height without moving into wind-up stand territory. Its 35, 30, 25, and 20 mm stepped tubes carry a 13 kg payload from 135 cm to 400 cm, with a 28 mm top receiver for junior-style fixtures.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Baby Stands\",  \"sku\": \"145M\",  \"mpn\": \"145M\",  \"color\": \" Chrome\",  \"material\": \" Chrome plated steel\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Heavy duty baby stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load\",      \"value\": \"13 kg (28.7 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"6.5 kg (14.3 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Chrome\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Top Interface\",      \"value\": \"28 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closed Length\",      \"value\": \"120 cm (47.2 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"400 cm (157.5 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Minimum Height\",      \"value\": \"135 cm (53.1 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sections\",      \"value\": \"4 sections, 3 risers\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"115 cm (45.3 inches)\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"145M\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can 145M handle its rated load at full height?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, when the load is centered, the stand is on suitable ground, and the rig is ballasted correctly. Treat the 13 kg rating as an upper limit, not a reason to add offset hardware casually.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill the 28 mm receiver work with common lighting heads?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. It matches standard professional grip and lighting hardware in this class. Check older rental stock before the show if the fixture spigot is unusual.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eShould I add casters for studio work?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Casters are useful when the stand moves repeatedly on smooth floors. Lock every wheel before raising the fixture, and avoid rolling a tall loaded stand through cables or thresholds.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can 145M handle its rated load at full height?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, when the load is centered, the stand is on suitable ground, and the rig is ballasted correctly. Treat the 13 kg rating as an upper limit, not a reason to add offset hardware casually.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the 28 mm receiver work with common lighting heads?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It matches standard professional grip and lighting hardware in this class. Check older rental stock before the show if the fixture spigot is unusual.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Should I add casters for studio work?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\" Casters are useful when the stand moves repeatedly on smooth floors. Lock every wheel before raising the fixture, and avoid rolling a tall loaded stand through cables or thresholds.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 145M --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907514097963,"sku":"145M","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/145M_b.jpg?v=1782111113"},{"product_id":"226m","title":"226M - KUPO Master Combo HD Stand, Chrome, 40 kg load","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: from_catalog\/226 mm-master-combo-hd-stand.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"226M\" data-color=\" Chrome\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 226M Master Combo HD Stand is a chrome plated, three-section support for larger fixtures, soft sources, and combo-head accessories that need a real 40 kg load rating. It pairs a 28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud with spring cushioning, a leveling leg, and a 132 cm footprint for controlled heavy-duty work.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA heavy light on a weak stand changes how the whole crew behaves. The 226M gives rental houses and gaffers a dependable chrome combo platform that can take weight, level itself on imperfect floors, and move with the optional caster set when the setup starts changing fast.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e40 kg maximum load capacity gives confident support for larger fixtures and soft-source rigs\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Chrome plated steel construction fits the classic rental-house combo stand look and resists hard daily handling\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSpring-cushioned riser helps control fixture descent during teardown or height changes\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDual 28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud top reduces adapter hunting on mixed grip packages\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBuilt-in leveling leg keeps the column usable on uneven stage decks and location floors\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 226M is sized for heavy fixtures that work at practical stage and studio heights. It reaches 340 cm while keeping a broad 132 cm base underneath the load.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 112.5 cm (48.2\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 340 cm (133.9\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed \/ transport length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 138 cm (54.3\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 sections, 2 risers\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 132 cm (52\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax payload:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 kg (88.2 lb); self-weight 10 kg (22 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTube Diameters: 40 mm, 35 mm, 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeg Diameter: 22 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOptional Accessory: KC-080R caster set\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSister Variant: 226MB black\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it in studios, rental houses, grip trucks, stages, and location builds where larger fixtures need a strong stand with both baby and junior mounting options.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eAccepts 28 mm junior accessories and 16 mm baby-pin fixtures at the top. The optional KC-080R caster set can be added for rolling studio work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"226M | KUPO Master Combo HD Stand, Chrome, 40 kg load\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 226M Master Combo HD Stand is a chrome plated, three-section support for larger fixtures, soft sources, and combo-head accessories that need a real 40 kg load rating. It pairs a 28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud with spring cushioning, a leveling leg, and a 132 cm footprint for controlled heavy-duty work.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Combo Stands\",  \"sku\": \"226M\",  \"mpn\": \"226M\",  \"color\": \" Chrome\",  \"material\": \" Chrome plated steel, spring cushioned\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Master combo HD stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load\",      \"value\": \"40 kg (88.2 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"10 kg (22 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Chrome\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Top Interface\",      \"value\": \"28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closed Length\",      \"value\": \"138 cm (54.3 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"340 cm (133.9 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Minimum Height\",      \"value\": \"112.5 cm (48.2 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sections\",      \"value\": \"3 sections, 2 risers\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"132 cm (52 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Leveling Leg\",      \"value\": \"1\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"226M\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can 226M handle its rated load at full height?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, when the load is centered, the stand is on suitable ground, and the rig is ballasted correctly. Treat the 40 kg rating as an upper limit, not a reason to add offset hardware casually.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill the 28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud work with common lighting heads?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. It matches standard professional grip and lighting hardware in this class. Check older rental stock before the show if the fixture spigot is unusual.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eShould I add casters for studio work?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Casters are useful when the stand moves repeatedly on smooth floors. Lock every wheel before raising the fixture, and avoid rolling a tall loaded stand through cables or thresholds.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can 226M handle its rated load at full height?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, when the load is centered, the stand is on suitable ground, and the rig is ballasted correctly. Treat the 40 kg rating as an upper limit, not a reason to add offset hardware casually.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the 28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud work with common lighting heads?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It matches standard professional grip and lighting hardware in this class. Check older rental stock before the show if the fixture spigot is unusual.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Should I add casters for studio work?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\" Casters are useful when the stand moves repeatedly on smooth floors. Lock every wheel before raising the fixture, and avoid rolling a tall loaded stand through cables or thresholds.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 226M --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907514229035,"sku":"226M","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/226M_b.jpg?v=1782111114"},{"product_id":"226mb","title":"226MB - KUPO Master Combo HD Stand, Black, 40 kg load","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: from_catalog\/226mb-master-combo-hd-stand-black.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"226MB\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 226MB Master Combo HD Stand is the black powder coated version of KUPOs 40 kg combo platform, built for theaters, broadcast studios, and concert rigs where support hardware should stay visually quiet. Three steel sections, a spring-cushioned column, one leveling leg, and a dual 28 mm receiver plus 16 mm stud give it serious fixture flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBlack stands earn their place when the audience or camera can see the rig. The 226MB keeps the same load capacity as the chrome 226M, but its low-reflectivity finish makes it easier to hide beside scenery, truss legs, black box walls, and broadcast sets.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e40 kg load capacity supports large fixtures, combo heads, and heavy soft-source builds with real working margin\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlack powder coated steel reduces reflections in camera-facing and theater environments\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSpring-cushioned column slows an accidental drop during height adjustment and protects the fixture package\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e28 mm receiver plus 16 mm stud covers both junior and baby mounting hardware at the stand top\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeveling leg helps keep the column plumb on uneven decks, risers, and venue floors\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 226MB trades extreme height for load confidence. Its 112.5 to 340 cm working range suits heavy heads that need controlled elevation rather than maximum extension.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 112.5 cm (48.2\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 340 cm (133.9\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed \/ transport length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 138 cm (54.3\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 sections, 2 risers\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 132 cm (52\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax payload:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 kg (88.2 lb); self-weight 10 kg (22 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTube Diameters: 40 mm, 35 mm, 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeg Diameter: 22 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOptional Accessory: KC-080R caster set\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSister Variant: 226M chrome\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBuilt for theaters, broadcast stages, concert floor packages, rental houses, and studio rigs where large luminaires or soft sources need a strong stand that does not flash back at camera.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe top accepts 28 mm junior accessories and 16 mm baby-pin hardware. The base can be fitted with the optional KC-080R caster set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"226MB | KUPO Master Combo HD Stand, Black, 40 kg load\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 226MB Master Combo HD Stand is the black powder coated version of KUPOs 40 kg combo platform, built for theaters, broadcast studios, and concert rigs where support hardware should stay visually quiet. Three steel sections, a spring-cushioned column, one leveling leg, and a dual 28 mm receiver plus 16 mm stud give it serious fixture flexibility.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Combo Stands\",  \"sku\": \"226MB\",  \"mpn\": \"226MB\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Powder coated steel, spring cushioned\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Master combo HD stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load\",      \"value\": \"40 kg (88.2 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"10 kg (22 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Black\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Top Interface\",      \"value\": \"28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closed Length\",      \"value\": \"138 cm (54.3 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"340 cm (133.9 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Minimum Height\",      \"value\": \"112.5 cm (48.2 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sections\",      \"value\": \"3 sections, 2 risers\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"132 cm (52 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Leveling Leg\",      \"value\": \"1\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"226MB\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can 226MB handle its rated load at full height?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, when the load is centered, the stand is on suitable ground, and the rig is ballasted correctly. Treat the 40 kg rating as an upper limit, not a reason to add offset hardware casually.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill the 28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud work with common lighting heads?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. It matches standard professional grip and lighting hardware in this class. Check older rental stock before the show if the fixture spigot is unusual.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eShould I add casters for studio work?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Casters are useful when the stand moves repeatedly on smooth floors. Lock every wheel before raising the fixture, and avoid rolling a tall loaded stand through cables or thresholds.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can 226MB handle its rated load at full height?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, when the load is centered, the stand is on suitable ground, and the rig is ballasted correctly. Treat the 40 kg rating as an upper limit, not a reason to add offset hardware casually.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the 28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud work with common lighting heads?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It matches standard professional grip and lighting hardware in this class. Check older rental stock before the show if the fixture spigot is unusual.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Should I add casters for studio work?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\" Casters are useful when the stand moves repeatedly on smooth floors. Lock every wheel before raising the fixture, and avoid rolling a tall loaded stand through cables or thresholds.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 226MB --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907514523947,"sku":"226MB","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/226MB_b.jpg?v=1782111115"},{"product_id":"355-a2819","title":"355-A2819 - KUPO 28 mm to 19 mm Adapter","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-F (Adapters) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: from_catalog\/355-a2819-adapter-28 mm-to-19 mm.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"355-A2819\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 355-A2819 Adapter converts a 28 mm receiver to a 19 mm spigot interface for fixtures and grip accessories that sit between baby and junior hardware. It ships as the standard adapter for the 355 Universal Floor Stand and can also be used with the 356 when a 19 mm mount is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSmall adapters decide whether the right stand can actually be used on the job. The 355-A2819 keeps a compact floor stand useful with 19 mm accessories, so crews do not have to swap the whole stand just because the fixture spigot is one size off.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e28 mm to 19 mm conversion lets a universal floor stand accept medium-format spigot hardware\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupplied with the 355 stand, so replacement and spare inventory can match the original kit\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOptional fit for the 356 stand gives one floor-stand platform access to both 16 mm and 19 mm accessories\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSingle-purpose adapter keeps the connection cleaner than stacking multiple reducers\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUseful for rental counters, grip carts, small studio kits, and location bags where the 355 or 356 floor stand needs to support accessories with a 19 mm spigot.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSupplied with the KUPO 355 Universal Floor Stand and offered as an optional accessory for the KUPO 356 Universal Floor Stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"355-A2819 | KUPO 28 mm to 19 mm Adapter\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 355-A2819 Adapter converts a 28 mm receiver to a 19 mm spigot interface for fixtures and grip accessories that sit between baby and junior hardware. It ships as the standard adapter for the 355 Universal Floor Stand and can also be used with the 356 when a 19 mm mount is needed.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand Accessories \u003e Spigot Adapters\",  \"sku\": \"355-A2819\",  \"mpn\": \"355-A2819\",  \"material\": \"Not specified\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Spigot adapter\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"28 mm receiver to 19 mm spigot adapter\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Stands\",      \"value\": \"355 supplied, 356 optional\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sister Product\",      \"value\": \"356-A2816 28 mm to 16 mm adapter\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"355-A2819\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this the adapter that comes with the 355 floor stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The 355-A2819 is the standard 28 mm to 19 mm adapter supplied with the KUPO 355 Universal Floor Stand.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it be used on the 356 stand too?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The 356 normally ships with the 16 mm adapter, but this part can be added when a 19 mm interface is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy not use a loose reducer instead?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eA matched adapter keeps the stack shorter and more predictable, which matters on a low floor stand with limited working height.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the adapter that comes with the 355 floor stand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The 355-A2819 is the standard 28 mm to 19 mm adapter supplied with the KUPO 355 Universal Floor Stand.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be used on the 356 stand too?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The 356 normally ships with the 16 mm adapter, but this part can be added when a 19 mm interface is needed.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why not use a loose reducer instead?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A matched adapter keeps the stack shorter and more predictable, which matters on a low floor stand with limited working height.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 355-A2819 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Adapter","offer_id":53907514589483,"sku":"355-A2819","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/355-A2819_b.jpg?v=1782111115"},{"product_id":"355","title":"355 - KUPO Universal Floor Stand with 19 mm Socket Receiver","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: from_catalog\/355-universal-floor-stand-19 mm.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"355\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 355 Universal Floor Stand is a low-profile folding floor stand for compact lighting and grip setups that need a 19 mm socket receiver close to the floor. Its anodized aluminum legs, die-cast leg mounts, 10 kg load rating, and 35.1 cm folded length make it easy to pack without treating it like disposable hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Floor stands are often used in the messiest corners of a set: behind furniture, under tables, beside practicals, or inside travel kits. The 355 gives those small positions a real stand base, not a workaround made from clamps and loose parts.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Folding aluminum construction keeps the stand light at 1.07 kg while still feeling rigid under small fixtures\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupplied 355-A2819 adapter converts the 28 mm receiver to 19 mm for medium-format accessories\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e10 kg load capacity gives useful margin for compact lights, small grip heads, and low scenic supports\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e35.1 cm closed length fits kit bags and location cases where a normal stand would be too long\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOptional 356-A2816 adapter adds 16 mm compatibility when the same base needs to serve baby-pin gear\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 355 is intentionally low and compact. It gives a stable floor-level position rather than overhead height, which makes the small footprint and folded length the important numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm (23.6\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed \/ transport length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35.1 cm (12.4\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 cm (5.12\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceiver:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28 mm with supplied 19 mm adapter\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax payload:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 kg (22 lb); self-weight 1.07 kg (2.35 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for floor-level practicals, compact LED fixtures, tabletop product work, low grip support, travel kits, and cramped studio corners where a full-size stand would be in the shot or in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSupplied with the 355-A2819 28 mm to 19 mm adapter. The optional 356-A2816 adapter lets the same stand accept 16 mm spigots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"355 | KUPO Universal Floor Stand with 19 mm Socket Receiver\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 355 Universal Floor Stand is a low-profile folding floor stand for compact lighting and grip setups that need a 19 mm socket receiver close to the floor. Its anodized aluminum legs, die-cast leg mounts, 10 kg load rating, and 35.1 cm folded length make it easy to pack without treating it like disposable hardware.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Floor Stands\",  \"sku\": \"355\",  \"mpn\": \"355\",  \"material\": \"Anodized aluminum + die-cast mounts\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Universal floor stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Anodized aluminum + die-cast mounts\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closed Length\",      \"value\": \"35.1 cm (12.4 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"60 cm (23.6 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Receiver\",      \"value\": \"28 mm with supplied 19 mm adapter\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"Folding floor stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load Capacity\",      \"value\": \"10 kg (22 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Self-Weight\",      \"value\": \"1.07 kg (2.35 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"13 cm (5.12 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Supplied Adapter\",      \"value\": \"355-A2819\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Optional Adapter\",      \"value\": \"356-A2816\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sister Variant\",      \"value\": \"356 with 16 mm socket receiver\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"355\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this meant for floor lighting rather than overhead lighting?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The 355 is a compact floor stand with a 60 cm maximum height, so it is for low positions, tabletop work, practicals, and small floor-based rigs.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill it take 16 mm baby-pin accessories?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt can, but not with the supplied adapter. Add the 356-A2816 adapter when you need to use 16 mm accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can I put the full 10 kg near the edge of the footprint?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eKeep heavier loads centered over the receiver. A low floor stand can still tip if the accessory is offset too far from the base.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this meant for floor lighting rather than overhead lighting?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The 355 is a compact floor stand with a 60 cm maximum height, so it is for low positions, tabletop work, practicals, and small floor-based rigs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will it take 16 mm baby-pin accessories?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It can, but not with the supplied adapter. Add the 356-A2816 adapter when you need to use 16 mm accessories.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I put the full 10 kg near the edge of the footprint?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Keep heavier loads centered over the receiver. A low floor stand can still tip if the accessory is offset too far from the base.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 355 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907514655019,"sku":"355","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/355_b.jpg?v=1782111116"},{"product_id":"356-a2816","title":"356-A2816 - KUPO 28 mm to 16 mm Adapter","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-F (Adapters) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: from_catalog\/356-a2816-adapter-28 mm-to-16 mm.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"356-A2816\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 356-A2816 Adapter steps a 28 mm receiver down to the 16 mm spigot size used by many compact fixtures, small grip heads, and baby-pin accessories. It is supplied with the 356 Universal Floor Stand and can be added to the 355 when that floor stand needs baby-size compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA compact floor stand is only useful if the fixture actually fits it. The 356-A2816 turns the universal 28 mm platform into a clean 16 mm mounting point, which is the size crews are most likely to meet on small lights and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e28 mm to 16 mm conversion supports common baby-pin lighting and grip hardware\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupplied with the KUPO 356 stand for a factory-matched accessory path\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOptional fit for the 355 stand lets one base serve both 19 mm and 16 mm mounting needs\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Compact adapter format avoids building a tall stack of mismatched reducers\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it in location kits, tabletop lighting packages, rental accessories drawers, and floor-stand setups where a 16 mm spigot must mount to the KUPO 355 or 356 platform.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSupplied with the KUPO 356 Universal Floor Stand and available as an optional accessory for the KUPO 355 Universal Floor Stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"356-A2816 | KUPO 28 mm to 16 mm Adapter\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 356-A2816 Adapter steps a 28 mm receiver down to the 16 mm spigot size used by many compact fixtures, small grip heads, and baby-pin accessories. It is supplied with the 356 Universal Floor Stand and can be added to the 355 when that floor stand needs baby-size compatibility.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand Accessories \u003e Spigot Adapters\",  \"sku\": \"356-A2816\",  \"mpn\": \"356-A2816\",  \"material\": \"Not specified\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Spigot adapter\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Accessory Function\",      \"value\": \"28 mm receiver to 16 mm spigot adapter\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Stands\",      \"value\": \"356 supplied, 355 optional\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sister Product\",      \"value\": \"355-A2819 28 mm to 19 mm adapter\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"356-A2816\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes this come with the 356 stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The 356-A2816 is the standard adapter supplied with the KUPO 356 Universal Floor Stand.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it make the 355 accept baby-pin gear?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. Add this adapter to the 355 when you need a 16 mm spigot interface instead of the supplied 19 mm adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs 16 mm the same as baby pin size?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIn this context, yes. 16 mm is the common baby-pin size used by many compact fixtures and small grip accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this come with the 356 stand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The 356-A2816 is the standard adapter supplied with the KUPO 356 Universal Floor Stand.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it make the 355 accept baby-pin gear?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Add this adapter to the 355 when you need a 16 mm spigot interface instead of the supplied 19 mm adapter.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is 16 mm the same as baby pin size?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"In this context, yes. 16 mm is the common baby-pin size used by many compact fixtures and small grip accessories.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 356-A2816 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Adapter","offer_id":53907514720555,"sku":"356-A2816","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/356-A2816_b.jpg?v=1782111117"},{"product_id":"356","title":"356 - KUPO Universal Floor Stand with 16 mm Socket Receiver","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: from_catalog\/356-universal-floor-stand-16 mm.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"356\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 356 Universal Floor Stand is the 16 mm version of KUPOs compact folding floor stand, made for small fixtures and grip accessories that need a stable low mounting point. It uses anodized aluminum legs, die-cast leg mounts, a 10 kg load rating, and a supplied 356-A2816 adapter for baby-pin style hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eNot every light belongs on a tall stand. For floor glow, product tables, practicals, and small scenic supports, the 356 gives crews a fast, tidy base that fits in a bag and does not ask for extra clamp improvisation.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupplied 356-A2816 adapter creates a clean 16 mm interface for common compact lighting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Folding anodized aluminum build keeps transport weight to 1.07 kg without feeling flimsy\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e10 kg load rating supports small lights and accessories with more margin than a casual tabletop base\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e35.1 cm closed length packs easily into travel cases and grip bags\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOptional 355-A2819 adapter expands the same stand to 19 mm spigot accessories\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 356 is a low floor stand, so its value is compact placement rather than height. It reaches 60 cm and folds down to a short 35.1 cm package.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 cm (23.6\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed \/ transport length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 35.1 cm (12.4\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 cm (5.12\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReceiver:\u003c\/strong\u003e 28 mm with supplied 16 mm adapter\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax payload:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10 kg (22 lb); self-weight 1.07 kg (2.35 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for compact LEDs, practical lighting, tabletop photography, low scenic units, and travel kits where a floor-level 16 mm receiver is more useful than a full-height stand.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSupplied with the 356-A2816 28 mm to 16 mm adapter. The optional 355-A2819 adapter allows 19 mm spigot use when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"356 | KUPO Universal Floor Stand with 16 mm Socket Receiver\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 356 Universal Floor Stand is the 16 mm version of KUPOs compact folding floor stand, made for small fixtures and grip accessories that need a stable low mounting point. It uses anodized aluminum legs, die-cast leg mounts, a 10 kg load rating, and a supplied 356-A2816 adapter for baby-pin style hardware.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Floor Stands\",  \"sku\": \"356\",  \"mpn\": \"356\",  \"material\": \"Anodized aluminum + die-cast mounts\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Universal floor stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Anodized aluminum + die-cast mounts\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closed Length\",      \"value\": \"35.1 cm (12.4 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"60 cm (23.6 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Receiver\",      \"value\": \"28 mm with supplied 16 mm adapter\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Construction\",      \"value\": \"Folding floor stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load Capacity\",      \"value\": \"10 kg (22 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Self-Weight\",      \"value\": \"1.07 kg (2.35 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"13 cm (5.12 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Supplied Adapter\",      \"value\": \"356-A2816\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Optional Adapter\",      \"value\": \"355-A2819\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sister Variant\",      \"value\": \"355 with 19 mm socket receiver\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"356\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the 356 instead of the 355?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Choose the 356 when your accessories use 16 mm baby-pin hardware. Choose the 355 when 19 mm spigots are the normal fit.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs the base wide enough for a small LED panel?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, if the load is centered and within the 10 kg rating. For panels with heavy batteries or offsets, keep the weight over the receiver.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can the adapters be swapped between the 355 and 356?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The 355-A2819 and 356-A2816 adapters let the two floor stands share 19 mm and 16 mm accessory compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why choose the 356 instead of the 355?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\" Choose the 356 when your accessories use 16 mm baby-pin hardware. Choose the 355 when 19 mm spigots are the normal fit.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the base wide enough for a small LED panel?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, if the load is centered and within the 10 kg rating. For panels with heavy batteries or offsets, keep the weight over the receiver.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can the adapters be swapped between the 355 and 356?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The 355-A2819 and 356-A2816 adapters let the two floor stands share 19 mm and 16 mm accessory compatibility.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 356 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907514818859,"sku":"356","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/356_b.jpg?v=1782111118"},{"product_id":"470","title":"470 - KUPO Followspot Stand, Chrome, 40 kg load","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: from_catalog\/470-followspot-stand.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"470\" data-color=\" Chrome\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 470 Followspot Stand is a chrome single-riser stand for followspots, large fixtures, and ballasted heads that need a low, strong support rather than a tall column. Its chrome plated steel post, anodized aluminum legs, 28 mm receiver, leveling leg, and memory collar create a practical 40 kg platform for repeat show work.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA followspot stand needs to feel boring in the best way: steady, repeatable, and easy to return to the same mark. The 470 brings that discipline to venues and rental houses, with enough load capacity for heavy heads and enough setup memory for shows that reset night after night.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e40 kg load rating suits followspots, larger fixtures, and heavy floor-supported heads\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMemory collar preserves repeat height settings between setups and show calls\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeveling leg helps square the stand on raked stages and uneven venue floors\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Chrome plated steel post with aluminum legs balances strength with manageable handling weight\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eM10 threaded zinc-cast foot accepts KC-100 casters for rolling repositioning\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 470 is made for operator-level heavy support. It covers a 92 to 147 cm range, keeping followspots and large heads accessible while maintaining a wide base.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92 cm (36.2\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 147 cm (57.9\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed \/ transport length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 cm (43.3\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 sections, 1 riser\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 109 cm (43\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax payload:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 kg (88.2 lb); self-weight 7.58 kg (16.7 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost Diameters: 50 mm, 40 mm steel\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeg Diameter: 30 mm aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMemory Collar: Included\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOptional Accessory: KC-100 caster set, M10 attachment\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for followspot positions, large studio lights, floor-mounted moving lights, venue side-light rigs, and rental inventories that need a compact heavy-duty stand.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 28 mm receiver accepts junior-style fixtures and adapters. The M10 foot accepts the optional KC-100 caster set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"470 | KUPO Followspot Stand, Chrome, 40 kg load\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 470 Followspot Stand is a chrome single-riser stand for followspots, large fixtures, and ballasted heads that need a low, strong support rather than a tall column. Its chrome plated steel post, anodized aluminum legs, 28 mm receiver, leveling leg, and memory collar create a practical 40 kg platform for repeat show work.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Followspot Stands\",  \"sku\": \"470\",  \"mpn\": \"470\",  \"color\": \" Chrome\",  \"material\": \" Chrome plated steel post with anodized aluminum legs\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Followspot stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load\",      \"value\": \"40 kg (88.2 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"7.58 kg (16.7 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Chrome\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Top Interface\",      \"value\": \"28 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closed Length\",      \"value\": \"110 cm (43.3 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"147 cm (57.9 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Minimum Height\",      \"value\": \"92 cm (36.2 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sections\",      \"value\": \"2 sections, 1 riser\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"109 cm (43 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Leveling Leg\",      \"value\": \"1\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"470\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can 470 handle its rated load at full height?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, when the load is centered, the stand is on suitable ground, and the rig is ballasted correctly. Treat the 40 kg rating as the ceiling for the complete mounted package.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill the 28 mm receiver work with common lighting heads?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. It matches standard professional grip and lighting hardware in this class. Check older rental stock before the show if the fixture spigot is unusual.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eShould I add casters for studio work?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Casters help when the stand moves repeatedly on smooth floors. Lock every wheel before raising the fixture, and avoid rolling a tall loaded stand through cables or uneven thresholds.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can 470 handle its rated load at full height?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, when the load is centered, the stand is on suitable ground, and the rig is ballasted correctly. Treat the 40 kg rating as the ceiling for the complete mounted package.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the 28 mm receiver work with common lighting heads?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It matches standard professional grip and lighting hardware in this class. Check older rental stock before the show if the fixture spigot is unusual.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Should I add casters for studio work?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\" Casters help when the stand moves repeatedly on smooth floors. Lock every wheel before raising the fixture, and avoid rolling a tall loaded stand through cables or uneven thresholds.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 470 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907514851627,"sku":"470","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/470_b.jpg?v=1782111119"},{"product_id":"470b","title":"470B - KUPO Followspot Stand, Black, 40 kg load","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: from_catalog\/470b-followspot-stand-black.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"470B\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 470B Followspot Stand is the black-finish version of KUPOs single-riser followspot support, built for theaters, concert stages, and broadcast spaces where the stand should stay out of sight. A powder coated steel post, anodized aluminum legs, 28 mm receiver, leveling leg, and memory collar support fixtures up to 40 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Followspot and heavy fixture positions often sit where the audience, camera, and operator can all see the hardware. The 470B keeps the stand visually quiet while preserving the strength and practical setup details that make the chrome 470 a rental-standard platform.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlack powder coated center post reduces glare in theater and broadcast environments\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e40 kg load rating supports followspots and larger fixture heads with practical working margin\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMemory collar helps return to a repeat height after transport or show changes\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeveling leg compensates for raked stages and uneven venue floors\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eM10 threaded foot accepts the KC-100 caster set for controlled rolling moves\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 470B works low and strong rather than tall and delicate. Its 92 to 147 cm range is tuned for followspot and heavy fixture positions that need operator access.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92 cm (36.2\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 147 cm (57.9\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed \/ transport length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 cm (43.3\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 sections, 1 riser\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 109 cm (43\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax payload:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40 kg (88.2 lb); self-weight 7.58 kg (16.7 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePost Diameters: 50 mm, 40 mm steel\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeg Diameter: 30 mm aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMemory Collar: Included\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOptional Accessory: KC-100 caster set, M10 attachment\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA strong fit for followspots, floor-mounted moving lights, heavy studio heads, concert side-light positions, and broadcast sets where black hardware helps the support disappear.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 28 mm receiver accepts junior-style fixtures and adapters. The M10 foot accepts the optional KC-100 caster set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"470B | KUPO Followspot Stand, Black, 40 kg load\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 470B Followspot Stand is the black-finish version of KUPOs single-riser followspot support, built for theaters, concert stages, and broadcast spaces where the stand should stay out of sight. A powder coated steel post, anodized aluminum legs, 28 mm receiver, leveling leg, and memory collar support fixtures up to 40 kg.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Followspot Stands\",  \"sku\": \"470B\",  \"mpn\": \"470B\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Black powder coated steel post with anodized aluminum legs\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Followspot stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load\",      \"value\": \"40 kg (88.2 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"7.58 kg (16.7 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Black\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Top Interface\",      \"value\": \"28 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closed Length\",      \"value\": \"110 cm (43.3 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"147 cm (57.9 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Minimum Height\",      \"value\": \"92 cm (36.2 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sections\",      \"value\": \"2 sections, 1 riser\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"109 cm (43 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Leveling Leg\",      \"value\": \"1\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"470B\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can 470B handle its rated load at full height?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, when the load is centered, the stand is on suitable ground, and the rig is ballasted correctly. Treat the 40 kg rating as the ceiling for the complete mounted package.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill the 28 mm receiver work with common lighting heads?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. It matches standard professional grip and lighting hardware in this class. Check older rental stock before the show if the fixture spigot is unusual.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eShould I add casters for studio work?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Casters help when the stand moves repeatedly on smooth floors. Lock every wheel before raising the fixture, and avoid rolling a tall loaded stand through cables or uneven thresholds.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can 470B handle its rated load at full height?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, when the load is centered, the stand is on suitable ground, and the rig is ballasted correctly. Treat the 40 kg rating as the ceiling for the complete mounted package.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the 28 mm receiver work with common lighting heads?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It matches standard professional grip and lighting hardware in this class. Check older rental stock before the show if the fixture spigot is unusual.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Should I add casters for studio work?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\" Casters help when the stand moves repeatedly on smooth floors. Lock every wheel before raising the fixture, and avoid rolling a tall loaded stand through cables or uneven thresholds.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 470B --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907515113771,"sku":"470B","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/470B_b.jpg?v=1782111119"},{"product_id":"471b","title":"471B - Followspot Stand","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/471b-followspot-stand.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"471B\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 471B Followspot Stand is a black, bearing-top stand for operators who need a fixture to pan smoothly while it is in use. It combines a 1-riser, 2-section steel post with aluminum legs, a compact 110 cm footprint, and a 40 kg load rating for followspots and other fixtures that need controlled movement rather than just static support.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA followspot stand has to feel predictable under the operator's hand. The ball race bearing top helps reduce chatter and heavy breakaway force, while the memory collar lets a venue return to the same working height on repeat setups without starting from scratch.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBall race bearing stand top supports smoother pan movement for live followspot tracking\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMemory collar helps repeat a previous working height during recurring venue or theatre setups\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOne leveling leg improves contact on uneven floors before the fixture is raised\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eM10 threaded zinc-cast feet accept the optional KC-100 caster set for controlled rolling on suitable floors\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 471B is built for seated or low-platform followspot positions, with enough adjustment range for practical aiming without a tall wind-up footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 92 cm (36.2\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 157 cm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 116 cm (45.6\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 riser, 2 sections with 50 mm and 40 mm steel post tubes\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint and load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 cm footprint, 40 kg maximum load, 8 kg stand weight\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eStand Feature: One leveling leg; memory collar included\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePost Diameter: 50 mm and 40 mm steel\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeg Diameter: 30 mm aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Compatible Caster: KC-100 caster set, optional\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for theatre followspots, live venues, schools, houses of worship, and rental packages where the fixture needs to rotate cleanly from a fixed operator position.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe top is M10 threaded with a ball race bearing roller. The stand can be fitted with the optional KUPO KC-100 caster set when the floor and operating procedure allow rolling repositioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"471B | Followspot Stand\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 471B Followspot Stand is a black, bearing-top stand for operators who need a fixture to pan smoothly while it is in use. It combines a 1-riser, 2-section steel post with aluminum legs, a compact 110 cm footprint, and a 40 kg load rating for followspots and other fixtures that need controlled movement rather than just static support.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Followspot Stands\",  \"sku\": \"471B\",  \"mpn\": \"471B\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Black powder coated steel post with aluminum legs\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Followspot stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load\",      \"value\": \"40 kg (88.2 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"8 kg (17.6 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Black powder coated\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Top Interface\",      \"value\": \"M10 threaded with ball race bearing roller\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"157 cm \/ 152 in as listed in catalog source\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Minimum Height\",      \"value\": \"92 cm (36.2 in)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closed Height\",      \"value\": \"116 cm (45.6 in)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sections\",      \"value\": \"1 riser, 2 sections\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"110 cm (43.3 in)\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"471B\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy does this followspot stand use a bearing top?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe bearing top helps the fixture rotate more smoothly, which is useful when an operator is tracking a performer and needs controlled pan movement rather than a sticky start-stop feel.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can I add casters to the 471B?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The zinc-cast feet are designed for the optional KC-100 caster set with M10 attachment. Lock the casters and follow normal ballast practice before operating the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat is the memory collar for?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt lets crews return to a known working height more quickly, especially in venues where the same followspot position is built again for rehearsals, performances, or repeat events.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does this followspot stand use a bearing top?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The bearing top helps the fixture rotate more smoothly, which is useful when an operator is tracking a performer and needs controlled pan movement rather than a sticky start-stop feel.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I add casters to the 471B?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The zinc-cast feet are designed for the optional KC-100 caster set with M10 attachment. Lock the casters and follow normal ballast practice before operating the fixture.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the memory collar for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It lets crews return to a known working height more quickly, especially in venues where the same followspot position is built again for rehearsals, performances, or repeat events.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 471B --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907515179307,"sku":"471B","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/471B_b.jpg?v=1782111121"},{"product_id":"473b","title":"473B - Tall Stand Black","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/473b-tall-stand-black.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"473B\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 473B Tall Stand Black is a compact-footprint steel stand for fixtures that need real height in rooms where the floor plan is already crowded. It reaches 380 cm on a 102 cm footprint, using 35 mm, 30 mm, and 25 mm tube sections with 22 mm legs and a black powder coated finish for stage work.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSome jobs need height more than mass. The 473B gives crews a tall working position with a smaller footprint than the 483T class, so it can live in tighter studios, display areas, or stage corners without giving up the familiar 28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud interface.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e380 cm maximum height gives useful overhead reach for compact stage and studio layouts\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e102 cm footprint keeps the stand easier to place where wider wind-up stands are impractical\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSpring cushioning softens section movement during adjustment and helps protect hands and equipment\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOne leveling leg helps the stand settle more correctly on imperfect floors\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e28 mm receiver plus 16 mm stud supports common junior and baby mounting workflows\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 473B is meant for height-critical setups where the stand still has to fit into a modest floor area.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 149.5 cm (58.9\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 380 cm (149.6\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 155 cm (61\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 risers, 3 sections with 35 mm, 30 mm, and 25 mm tubes\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint and load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 102 cm footprint, 25 kg maximum load, 11.5 kg stand weight\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eStand Feature: One leveling leg; spring cushioned\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Construction: Powder coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eTube Diameters: 35 mm, 30 mm, 25 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeg Diameter: 22 mm\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for event lighting, compact stages, retail display lighting, studios, and venue installs where fixtures must sit high but the base cannot sprawl into working space.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe top interface combines a 28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud, so it can work with a broad range of compatible lighting heads, adapters, and grip accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"473B | Tall Stand Black\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 473B Tall Stand Black is a compact-footprint steel stand for fixtures that need real height in rooms where the floor plan is already crowded. It reaches 380 cm on a 102 cm footprint, using 35 mm, 30 mm, and 25 mm tube sections with 22 mm legs and a black powder coated finish for stage work.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Tall Stands\",  \"sku\": \"473B\",  \"mpn\": \"473B\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Black powder coated steel\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Tall stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load\",      \"value\": \"25 kg (55 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"11.5 kg (25.35 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Top Interface\",      \"value\": \"28 mm receiver plus 16 mm stud\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"380 cm (149.6 in)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Minimum Height\",      \"value\": \"149.5 cm (58.9 in)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closed Height\",      \"value\": \"155 cm (61 in)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sections\",      \"value\": \"2 risers, 3 sections\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"102 cm (40.2 in)\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"473B\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy choose 473B instead of a larger wind-up stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Choose it when height is important but the load and floor space do not justify a wider wind-up stand. It gives 380 cm reach with a more compact 102 cm footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs the 473B only for black stage environments?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. The black finish is useful anywhere a stand should stay visually quiet, including theatres, events, studios, and display spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat can mount on the top?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe stand provides both a 28 mm receiver and a 16 mm stud, so it supports common junior and baby style mounting when the load stays within the 25 kg rating.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why choose 473B instead of a larger wind-up stand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\" Choose it when height is important but the load and floor space do not justify a wider wind-up stand. It gives 380 cm reach with a more compact 102 cm footprint.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the 473B only for black stage environments?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The black finish is useful anywhere a stand should stay visually quiet, including theatres, events, studios, and display spaces.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What can mount on the top?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The stand provides both a 28 mm receiver and a 16 mm stud, so it supports common junior and baby style mounting when the load stays within the 25 kg rating.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 473B --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907515244843,"sku":"473B","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/473B_b.jpg?v=1782111121"},{"product_id":"481","title":"481 - KUPO 2-Section Wind-Up Followspot Stand","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/Hardware Solution\/481-2-sct-wind-up-followspot-stand.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"481\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 481 is a 2-section wind-up followspot stand built for compact lifting jobs where a normal crank stand is too tall, too wide, or too slow to adjust. Its chrome-plated steel construction, geared column, 50 kg loading capacity, and auto self-locking mechanism make it a practical support for followspots, small effects fixtures, and other heavy stand-mounted equipment that needs controlled vertical travel.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Followspot and front-of-house positions often leave very little room for improvisation. The 481 gives the operator a crank-lift stand with measured 2.2 cm travel per handle turn, so height changes feel controlled instead of abrupt, and the self-locking design helps prevent the column from dropping unexpectedly.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eGeared wind-up column raises the load in 2.2 cm increments per handle turn, making small height corrections easier under weight\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAutomatic self-locking mechanism adds a safety layer when lifting fixtures up to 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Chrome-plated steel body gives the stand the weight and rigidity expected for followspot support\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeveling leg helps the stand settle more predictably on uneven floors or venue platforms\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Compatible with the 483-BP base plate set when the stand must be secured to the floor\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 481 is the short wind-up member of the followspot stand family. It favors controlled lift and a broad footprint over tall extension.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHeight range: 91 to 145 cm (35.8 to 57.1\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Closed length: 110 cm (43.3\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSections: 2 sections, 1 riser\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Footprint diameter: 110 cm (43.3\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMaximum load: 50 kg (110.2 lb); self-weight 13.6 kg (30 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eStand Feature: Leveling leg; automatic self-locking mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Construction: Chrome plated steel with geared column\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Column Diameters: 55 mm, 45 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeg \/ Tube Diameter: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eElevation Per Handle Turn: 2.2 cm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Compatible Accessory: 483-BP base plate\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for followspot positions, small moving lights, compact effects fixtures, scenic supports, or heavy equipment that needs crank-assisted height adjustment without using a full tower stand.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBuilt with a junior receiver top and suitable for KUPO wind-up stand accessories such as the 483-BP base plate set for 481, 482, 483T, and 470 stand models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"481 | KUPO 2-Section Wind-Up Followspot Stand\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 481 is a 2-section wind-up followspot stand built for compact lifting jobs where a normal crank stand is too tall, too wide, or too slow to adjust. Its chrome-plated steel construction, geared column, 50 kg loading capacity, and auto self-locking mechanism make it a practical support for followspots, small effects fixtures, and other heavy stand-mounted equipment that needs controlled vertical travel.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Wind-Up Stands\",  \"sku\": \"481\",  \"mpn\": \"481\",  \"material\": \" Chrome plated steel\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"2-section wind-up followspot stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load\",      \"value\": \"50 kg (110.2 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"13.6 kg (30 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Top Interface\",      \"value\": \"28 mm junior receiver\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closed Length\",      \"value\": \"110 cm (43.3\\\")\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"145 cm (57.1\\\")\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Minimum Height\",      \"value\": \"91 cm (35.8\\\")\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sections\",      \"value\": \"1 riser, 2 sections\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"110 cm (43.3\\\")\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"481\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs the 481 only for followspots?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. It is designed as a followspot stand, but the 50 kg load rating and junior receiver make it useful for other heavy stand-mounted lighting equipment when the height range fits.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this instead of a normal combo stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Choose the 481 when you want crank-assisted lifting and self-locking support at a relatively low working height. A normal combo stand is faster for light loads, but it does not give the same controlled wind-up action.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it be fixed to the floor for a venue install?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, the 483-BP base plate set is listed as an optional accessory for securing compatible stands to the floor, including the 481.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the 481 only for followspots?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It is designed as a followspot stand, but the 50 kg load rating and junior receiver make it useful for other heavy stand-mounted lighting equipment when the height range fits.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why choose this instead of a normal combo stand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\" Choose the 481 when you want crank-assisted lifting and self-locking support at a relatively low working height. A normal combo stand is faster for light loads, but it does not give the same controlled wind-up action.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be fixed to the floor for a venue install?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the 483-BP base plate set is listed as an optional accessory for securing compatible stands to the floor, including the 481.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 481 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907515277611,"sku":"481","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/481_b.jpg?v=1782111122"},{"product_id":"482t","title":"482T - 2 SCT Wind-Up Stand","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/482t-2-sct-wind-up-stand.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"482T\" data-color=\" Chrome\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 482T is a 2-section wind-up stand for crews who need crank-operated lifting without the height range of a 3-section model. Its chrome plated steel geared column raises the load at 2.2 cm per handle turn, with 55 mm and 45 mm tubes, a 28 mm receiver, one leveling leg, and a 45 kg load rating.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eRaising a heavier fixture by hand is slow and unforgiving. The 482T lets one operator lift and lower the load with the crank handle, while the auto self-locking device adds an important layer of control during adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Crank-operated geared column reduces manual lifting effort for heavier lighting loads\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAuto self-locking device helps prevent unexpected drop during stand operation\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e45 kg load rating supports substantial fixtures when used with correct ballast and rigging practice\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOne leveling leg helps settle the stand before the load is raised\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Compatible with KC-100 casters and the 483-BP base plate for studio or fixed-position workflows\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 482T focuses on controlled lift in a moderate height range, with a slower single-riser elevation rate for more deliberate adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 145 cm (57\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 245 cm (96.5\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160 cm (63\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 riser, 2 sections with 55 mm and 45 mm tubes\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint and load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 128 cm footprint, 45 kg maximum load, 18.1 kg stand weight\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eStand Feature: One leveling leg; auto self-locking device\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Construction: Chrome plated steel with geared column\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eTube Diameters: 55 mm, 45 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeg Diameter: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eElevation Per Handle Turn: 2.2 cm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Compatible Accessories: KC-100 caster set; 483-BP base plate\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for studios, stages, rental houses, and venue work where heavier fixtures need controlled vertical adjustment from a stable wind-up base.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe top is a 28 mm receiver. Optional compatible accessories include the KC-100 caster set for braked rolling movement and the 483-BP base plate for floor-secured positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"482T | 2 SCT Wind-Up Stand\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 482T is a 2-section wind-up stand for crews who need crank-operated lifting without the height range of a 3-section model. Its chrome plated steel geared column raises the load at 2.2 cm per handle turn, with 55 mm and 45 mm tubes, a 28 mm receiver, one leveling leg, and a 45 kg load rating.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Wind-Up Stands\",  \"sku\": \"482T\",  \"mpn\": \"482T\",  \"color\": \" Chrome\",  \"material\": \" Chrome plated steel\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"2-section wind-up stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load\",      \"value\": \"45 kg (99.2 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"18.1 kg (40 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Top Interface\",      \"value\": \"28 mm receiver\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"245 cm (96.5 in)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Minimum Height\",      \"value\": \"145 cm (57 in)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closed Height\",      \"value\": \"160 cm (63 in)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sections\",      \"value\": \"1 riser, 2 sections\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"128 cm (50.4 in)\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"482T\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhen does the 482T make sense over a hand-lift stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eUse it when the fixture is heavy enough that crank operation gives better control and safer handling, especially during repeated height changes.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes the 482T include a baby stud?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe specification lists a 28 mm receiver for this model. Use compatible junior mounting hardware or adapters as required by the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can the stand be secured to the floor?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes, it is listed as compatible with the 483-BP base plate, which is used when compatible wind-up or followspot stands need to be floor-secured.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When does the 482T make sense over a hand-lift stand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Use it when the fixture is heavy enough that crank operation gives better control and safer handling, especially during repeated height changes.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does the 482T include a baby stud?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The specification lists a 28 mm receiver for this model. Use compatible junior mounting hardware or adapters as required by the fixture.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can the stand be secured to the floor?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, it is listed as compatible with the 483-BP base plate, which is used when compatible wind-up or followspot stands need to be floor-secured.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 482T --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907515343147,"sku":"482T","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/482T_b.jpg?v=1782111123"},{"product_id":"483-bp","title":"483-BP - Base Plate","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/483-bp-base-plate.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"483-BP\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 483-BP Base Plate is a floor-securing accessory for selected KUPO wind-up and followspot stands. Supplied as a set of three, it is used when a compatible stand has to be fixed to the floor rather than relying only on its freestanding footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSome stage and venue positions repeat night after night, and some temporary structures need extra restraint by design. The 483-BP gives installers a purpose-made accessory for securing compatible stand feet to the floor plan, while keeping the stand family matched to KUPO wind-up hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupplied as a set of three for use with compatible stand feet\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDesigned for securing selected wind-up and followspot stands to the floor for safety reasons\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eUseful for fixed stage positions, repeat venue layouts, and temporary structures requiring added restraint\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePart of the KUPO wind-up stand accessory system alongside casters and leveling-leg stand models\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 483-BP does not raise a load by itself. Its job is to support a safer fixed installation method for the compatible stand family.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessory type:\u003c\/strong\u003e floor-securing base plate set\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet quantity:\u003c\/strong\u003e three base plates\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible stand family:\u003c\/strong\u003e KUPO wind-up \/ followspot stand accessories\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eListed compatible models:\u003c\/strong\u003e 481, 482, 483T, and 470\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it in fixed stage positions, venue installations, repeat event layouts, or any compatible stand setup where the site plan calls for floor attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Compatible with KUPO stand models 481, 482, 483T, and 470. Match floor material, fastener type, and local safety requirements before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"483-BP | Base Plate\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 483-BP Base Plate is a floor-securing accessory for selected KUPO wind-up and followspot stands. Supplied as a set of three, it is used when a compatible stand has to be fixed to the floor rather than relying only on its freestanding footprint.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand Accessories \u003e Base Plates\",  \"sku\": \"483-BP\",  \"mpn\": \"483-BP\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Steel\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Base plate accessory\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Floor securing for compatible stands\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Family\",      \"value\": \"KUPO wind-up \/ followspot stand accessories\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatible Stand Models\",      \"value\": \"481, 482, 483T, 470\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Set Quantity\",      \"value\": \"Set of three\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"483-BP\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs 483-BP a load-bearing stand part?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is a floor-securing accessory, not a lifting column or load-raising component. The complete stand, floor, and fastener system still need to be specified correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow many plates come with one 483-BP set?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe specification lists 483-BP as a set of three, matching the foot layout of the compatible stand family.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhich stands should I check before ordering?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe specification lists 481, 482, 483T, and 470. Compatible stand list is specified as 481, 482, 483T, and 470; still check the floor-fixing method before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is 483-BP a load-bearing stand part?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is a floor-securing accessory, not a lifting column or load-raising component. The complete stand, floor, and fastener system still need to be specified correctly.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many plates come with one 483-BP set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The specification lists 483-BP as a set of three, matching the foot layout of the compatible stand family.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which stands should I check before ordering?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The specification lists 481, 482, 483T, and 470. Compatible stand list is specified as 481, 482, 483T, and 470; still check the floor-fixing method before installation.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 483-BP --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Base \/ Plate","offer_id":53907515441451,"sku":"483-BP","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/483-BP_b.jpg?v=1782111124"},{"product_id":"483bt","title":"483BT - KUPO 3 SCT Wind-Up Stand with Auto Self-Locking Device, Black","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: from_catalog\/483bt-3-sct-wind-up-stand-with-auto-self-locking-device-black.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"483BT\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 483BT is the black version of KUPOs three-section wind-up stand with auto self-locking protection, built for raising heavy lighting loads with controlled mechanical lift. Its geared column moves two risers together, gains 4.4 cm per handle turn, and supports 30 kg up to 380 cm while staying visually subdued on stage.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eWind-up stands are bought for the moment when muscle alone is the wrong tool. The 483BT lets one operator lift a serious fixture package with a crank, while the self-locking system, auto safety pin, safety cable, and leveling leg add layers of control around the load.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eGeared wind-up column raises two risers simultaneously for smoother heavy-fixture elevation\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAuto self-locking device helps prevent an unexpected drop if the lock is released or disturbed\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAuto-inserting safety pin and safety cable add redundant protection during lift and retrieval\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlack finish keeps the stand less visible in theater, broadcast, and camera-facing positions\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e28 mm receiver with 16 mm stud accepts both junior and baby mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 483BT provides high working reach with mechanical lift. It is built for heavy fixtures that need to move from operator height to overhead positions without hand-lifting the full load.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 172.5 cm (67.9\") folded; 181 cm (71.3\") closed reference\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 380 cm (149.7\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed \/ transport length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 181 cm (71.3\") reference\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 sections, 2 simultaneous risers\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 128 cm (50.4\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax payload:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 kg (66.1 lb); stand weight 22.8 kg (50.2 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSafety: Auto self-locking device, auto safety pin, safety cable, leveling leg\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eTube Diameters: 55 mm, 45 mm, 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeg Diameter: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eElevation per Handle Turn: 4.4 cm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOptional Caster: KC-100 sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBuilt for theaters, studios, concert floor packages, broadcast stages, and rental houses lifting heavy luminaires, large soft sources, or overhead effects where a crank stand is safer than hand raising.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe top fitting combines a 28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud. The base accepts the optional KC-100 caster set with M10 attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"483BT | KUPO 3 SCT Wind-Up Stand with Auto Self-Locking Device, Black\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 483BT is the black version of KUPOs three-section wind-up stand with auto self-locking protection, built for raising heavy lighting loads with controlled mechanical lift. Its geared column moves two risers together, gains 4.4 cm per handle turn, and supports 30 kg up to 380 cm while staying visually subdued on stage.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Wind-Up Stands\",  \"sku\": \"483BT\",  \"mpn\": \"483BT\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Black powder coated steel with geared column and zinc-cast tripod base\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Wind-up stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load\",      \"value\": \"30 kg (66.1 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"22.8 kg (50.2 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Black\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Certification\",      \"value\": \"TÜV APPROVED\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Top Interface\",      \"value\": \"28 mm receiver with 16 mm stud\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"380 cm (149.7 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Minimum Height\",      \"value\": \"172.5 cm folded; 181 cm closed\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sections\",      \"value\": \"3 sections, 2 simultaneous risers\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"128 cm (50.4 inches)\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"483BT\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can 483BT be operated by one person?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe wind-up mechanism is designed for controlled single-operator lifting, but heavy fixtures still deserve a spotter. Keep the load centered and raise the stand deliberately.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat protects the load if something is released too quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe stand combines an auto self-locking device with an auto safety pin and safety cable. Those features do not replace proper handling, but they add useful layers of control.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill the 28 mm receiver with 16 mm stud fit both baby and junior hardware?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The top fitting gives crews both common mounting paths, which reduces adapter changes on mixed lighting packages.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can 483BT be operated by one person?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The wind-up mechanism is designed for controlled single-operator lifting, but heavy fixtures still deserve a spotter. Keep the load centered and raise the stand deliberately.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What protects the load if something is released too quickly?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The stand combines an auto self-locking device with an auto safety pin and safety cable. Those features do not replace proper handling, but they add useful layers of control.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the 28 mm receiver with 16 mm stud fit both baby and junior hardware?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The top fitting gives crews both common mounting paths, which reduces adapter changes on mixed lighting packages.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 483BT --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907515474219,"sku":"483BT","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/483BT_b.jpg?v=1782111125"},{"product_id":"483sh","title":"483SH - Short 3 SCT Wind-Up Stand","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/483sh-short-3-sct-wind-up-stand.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"483SH\" data-color=\" Chrome\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 483SH is a short 3-section wind-up stand for controlled lifting in a lower working range than full-size wind-up models. It uses a chrome plated steel geared column, 55 mm, 45 mm, and 38 mm tube sections, 30 mm legs, and a combined 28 mm receiver plus 16 mm stud top.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eNot every wind-up job needs maximum height. The 483SH keeps the crank-operated lift, simultaneous section movement, and safety cable retrieval of the larger family, but stays in a lower height range that is easier to manage for studio and stage positions close to the working floor.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e3-section, 2-riser geared column raises both risers simultaneously at 4.4 cm per handle turn\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSafety cable supports simultaneous retrieval of all sections during lowering\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e28 mm receiver plus 16 mm stud gives more top-mount flexibility than receiver-only stands\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOne leveling leg helps stabilize the base on uneven floors\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOptional KC-100 caster set supports rolling repositioning on suitable studio surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 483SH is the short wind-up choice when controlled lift matters more than reaching high trim.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 132 cm (51.96\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 262 cm (103.14\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 152 cm (59.84\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 sections, 2 risers with 55 mm, 45 mm, and 38 mm tubes\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFootprint and load:\u003c\/strong\u003e 128 cm footprint, 30 kg maximum load, 18.8 kg stand weight\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eStand Feature: One leveling leg; safety cable for simultaneous section retrieval\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Construction: Chrome plated steel stand with geared column\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eTube Diameters: 55 mm, 45 mm, 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeg Diameter: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eElevation Per Handle Turn: 4.4 cm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Compatible Caster: KC-100 caster set, optional\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for studio fixtures, compact stage positions, overhead practicals, and rental packages where wind-up operation is preferred but full-height stand travel is unnecessary.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe top combines a 28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud. The stand is compatible with the optional KC-100 caster set for braked rolling movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"483SH | Short 3 SCT Wind-Up Stand\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 483SH is a short 3-section wind-up stand for controlled lifting in a lower working range than full-size wind-up models. It uses a chrome plated steel geared column, 55 mm, 45 mm, and 38 mm tube sections, 30 mm legs, and a combined 28 mm receiver plus 16 mm stud top.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Wind-Up Stands\",  \"sku\": \"483SH\",  \"mpn\": \"483SH\",  \"color\": \" Chrome\",  \"material\": \" Chrome plated steel\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Short 3-section wind-up stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load\",      \"value\": \"30 kg (66 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"18.8 kg (41.36 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Top Interface\",      \"value\": \"28 mm receiver plus 16 mm stud\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"262 cm (103.14 in)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Minimum Height\",      \"value\": \"132 cm (51.96 in)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closed Height\",      \"value\": \"152 cm (59.84 in)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sections\",      \"value\": \"3 sections, 2 risers\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"128 cm (50.4 in)\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"483SH\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the 483SH instead of a taller wind-up stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Choose it when the job needs crank-operated lifting but only a lower height range. It is easier to place in compact setups while still giving wind-up control.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDo both risers move together?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The product description describes simultaneous riser movement at 4.4 cm per handle turn, with a safety cable used for simultaneous retrieval.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat top mounting options are built in?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe 483SH includes both a 28 mm receiver and a 16 mm stud, giving crews a flexible top interface for compatible fixtures and adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why choose the 483SH instead of a taller wind-up stand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\" Choose it when the job needs crank-operated lifting but only a lower height range. It is easier to place in compact setups while still giving wind-up control.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do both risers move together?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The product description describes simultaneous riser movement at 4.4 cm per handle turn, with a safety cable used for simultaneous retrieval.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What top mounting options are built in?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 483SH includes both a 28 mm receiver and a 16 mm stud, giving crews a flexible top interface for compatible fixtures and adapters.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 483SH --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907515539755,"sku":"483SH","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/483SH_b.jpg?v=1782111125"},{"product_id":"483t","title":"483T - KUPO 3 SCT Wind-Up Stand with Auto Self-Locking Device, Silver","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: from_catalog\/483t-3-sct-wind-up-stand-with-auto-self-locking-device.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"483T\" data-color=\"Silver\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 483T is a three-section chrome wind-up stand with an auto self-locking device for controlled lifting of heavy lighting loads. The geared column lifts two risers at the same time, gains 4.4 cm per handle turn, and carries 30 kg to 380 cm with a 28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud at the top.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 483T is for crews who need height and load capacity without turning every adjustment into a two-person lift. Its crank mechanism does the hard work, while the safety pin, self-locking system, safety cable, and leveling leg keep the stand disciplined around expensive fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eWind-up geared column raises two risers together for steady 4.4 cm elevation per handle turn\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAuto self-locking mechanism helps stop sudden load drop during adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAuto safety pin, safety cable, and fold-back crank handle add practical working safeguards\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e30 kg payload reaches 380 cm for heavy overhead lighting positions\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eKC-100 caster compatibility turns the stand into a rolling studio support when needed\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 483T is a high-reach stand with mechanical assistance. It is meant for loads that are too heavy or too high for ordinary hand-raised risers.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 172.5 cm (67.9\") folded; 181 cm (71.3\") closed reference\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 380 cm (149.7\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClosed \/ transport length:\u003c\/strong\u003e 181 cm (71.3\") reference\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSections:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 sections, 2 simultaneous risers\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase footprint:\u003c\/strong\u003e 128 cm (50.4\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax payload:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 kg (66.1 lb); stand weight 22.8 kg (50.2 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSafety: Auto self-locking device, auto safety pin, safety cable, leveling leg\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eTube Diameters: 55 mm, 45 mm, 38 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeg Diameter: 30 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eElevation per Handle Turn: 4.4 cm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOptional Caster: KC-100 sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for large studio fixtures, overhead concert looks, broadcast stage lighting, heavy soft sources, and rental packages where controlled crank elevation is part of the safety plan.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe top fitting combines a 28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud. The optional KC-100 caster set fits the base for rolling work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"483T | KUPO 3 SCT Wind-Up Stand with Auto Self-Locking Device, Silver\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 483T is a three-section chrome wind-up stand with an auto self-locking device for controlled lifting of heavy lighting loads. The geared column lifts two risers at the same time, gains 4.4 cm per handle turn, and carries 30 kg to 380 cm with a 28 mm receiver and 16 mm stud at the top.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Wind-Up Stands\",  \"sku\": \"483T\",  \"mpn\": \"483T\",  \"color\": \"Silver\",  \"material\": \" Chrome plated steel with geared column and zinc-cast tripod base\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Wind-up stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load\",      \"value\": \"30 kg (66.1 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"22.8 kg (50.2 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Silver\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Certification\",      \"value\": \"TÜV APPROVED\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Top Interface\",      \"value\": \"28 mm receiver with 16 mm stud\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"380 cm (149.7 inches)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Minimum Height\",      \"value\": \"172.5 cm folded; 181 cm closed\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sections\",      \"value\": \"3 sections, 2 simultaneous risers\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"128 cm (50.4 inches)\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"483T\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can 483T be operated by one person?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe wind-up mechanism is designed for controlled single-operator lifting, but heavy fixtures still deserve a spotter. Keep the load centered and raise the stand deliberately.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat protects the load if something is released too quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe stand combines an auto self-locking device with an auto safety pin and safety cable. Those features do not replace proper handling, but they add useful layers of control.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill the 28 mm receiver with 16 mm stud fit both baby and junior hardware?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The top fitting gives crews both common mounting paths, which reduces adapter changes on mixed lighting packages.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can 483T be operated by one person?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The wind-up mechanism is designed for controlled single-operator lifting, but heavy fixtures still deserve a spotter. Keep the load centered and raise the stand deliberately.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What protects the load if something is released too quickly?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The stand combines an auto self-locking device with an auto safety pin and safety cable. Those features do not replace proper handling, but they add useful layers of control.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the 28 mm receiver with 16 mm stud fit both baby and junior hardware?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The top fitting gives crews both common mounting paths, which reduces adapter changes on mixed lighting packages.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 483T --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907515605291,"sku":"483T","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/483T_b.jpg?v=1782111127"},{"product_id":"484","title":"484 - KUPO Heavy Duty Wind-Up Stand with Braked Casters","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/Hardware Solution\/484-heavy-duty-wind-up-stand-with-braked-caster.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"484\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 484 is a heavy-duty wind-up stand for large fixtures and production equipment that need real lifting capacity, a high working range, and controlled movement on braked casters. With two risers, three sections, an 80 kg loading capacity, stainless steel leg structure, chrome-plated steel columns, and a 28 mm junior receiver, it is built for serious stage and studio loads.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eHeavy fixtures are awkward before they are dangerous. The 484 reduces that awkward moment by combining crank-assisted lift, an automatic self-locking mechanism, a patented auto-insert safety pin, and braked casters, so the crew can position and raise the load with more control.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eTwo-riser wind-up design extends from 179 cm to 386 cm, giving useful height for large fixtures and overhead positions\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e80 kg loading capacity supports heavier luminaires, yokes, and production hardware without treating the stand as a light-duty support\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePatented auto-insert safety pin engages the center tube during wind-up, adding a visible mechanical safety point\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e28 mm receiver includes three side holes for a wind bracing kit when additional stabilization is required\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSupplied braked caster setup helps the stand move into position before final lockoff\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 484 is the taller heavy-duty option in this wind-up family. It gives more reach than the low-base 485 while retaining the same 80 kg load class.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHeight range: 179 to 386 cm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Closed length: 196 cm (77.2\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSections: 3 sections, 2 risers\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Column diameters: 70 mm, 60 mm, 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMaximum load: 80 kg (176.3 lb); self-weight 39 kg (86 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSafety: Automatic self-locking mechanism; patented auto-insert safety pin\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Construction: Stainless steel legs with chrome plated steel column\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Column Diameters: 70 mm, 60 mm, 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeg Diameter: 35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBracing: 28 mm socket with 3 side holes for wind bracing kit\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOptional Wheel Set: KC-215A pneumatic wheel with adapter plate, 215 mm (8\"), set of three\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for large Fresnels, followspots, moving lights, heavy soft sources, scenic hardware, or studio equipment that needs crank-assisted lift and caster-based positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBuilt around a 28 mm junior receiver with wind-bracing holes. Optional KC-215A pneumatic wheels are available for 484 and 485 stands when the floor or terrain calls for larger wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"484 | KUPO Heavy Duty Wind-Up Stand with Braked Casters\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 484 is a heavy-duty wind-up stand for large fixtures and production equipment that need real lifting capacity, a high working range, and controlled movement on braked casters. With two risers, three sections, an 80 kg loading capacity, stainless steel leg structure, chrome-plated steel columns, and a 28 mm junior receiver, it is built for serious stage and studio loads.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Heavy Duty Wind-Up Stands\",  \"sku\": \"484\",  \"mpn\": \"484\",  \"material\": \"Stainless steel legs with chrome plated steel column\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Heavy duty wind-up stand with braked caster\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load\",      \"value\": \"80 kg (176.3 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"39 kg (86 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Top Interface\",      \"value\": \"28 mm junior receiver + wind brace\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closed Length\",      \"value\": \"196 cm (77.2\\\")\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sections\",      \"value\": \"2 risers, 3 sections\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Height Range\",      \"value\": \"179 cm to 386 cm\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"484\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes the 484 come with brakes on the casters?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The 484 is listed with braked casters, so the stand can be rolled into position and then locked before lifting or operating the load.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhen would I choose the 484 over the 485?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Choose the 484 when height is the priority. It reaches 386 cm, while the 485 is the lower-base version for heavier work in a smaller footprint and lower maximum height.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat are the three side holes near the 28 mm receiver for?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThey are designed for a wind bracing kit. Use that provision when the stand needs additional stabilization, especially with larger fixtures or exposed positions.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does the 484 come with brakes on the casters?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The 484 is listed with braked casters, so the stand can be rolled into position and then locked before lifting or operating the load.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When would I choose the 484 over the 485?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\" Choose the 484 when height is the priority. It reaches 386 cm, while the 485 is the lower-base version for heavier work in a smaller footprint and lower maximum height.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the three side holes near the 28 mm receiver for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are designed for a wind bracing kit. Use that provision when the stand needs additional stabilization, especially with larger fixtures or exposed positions.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 484 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907515670827,"sku":"484","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/484_b.jpg?v=1782111127"},{"product_id":"485","title":"485 - KUPO Heavy Duty Wind-Up Low Base Stand with Braked Casters","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/Hardware Solution\/485-heavy-duty-wind-up-low-base-stand-with-braked-caster.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"485\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO 485 is the low-base heavy-duty wind-up stand for crews who need 80 kg lifting capacity but cannot spare the floor space or working height of a taller crank stand. It uses the same heavy-duty approach as the 484, including stainless steel leg structure, chrome-plated steel columns, a 28 mm junior receiver, braked casters, and a patented auto-insert safety pin, but its working range is tuned for lower positions.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA low heavy load can be more difficult to manage than a high light one. The 485 keeps the 80 kg load class in a compact 130 cm footprint, so heavy fixtures can be raised safely in studios, stages, and venue corners where a tall stand would be physically in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLow-base geometry supports 80 kg loads in a compact 130 cm footprint for tighter stage and studio layouts\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDual risers extend from 140.5 cm to 270 cm, matching heavy low-to-mid height work rather than maximum reach\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAutomatic self-locking mechanism and patented auto-insert safety pin help keep the load controlled during crank lift\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eStainless steel U-shaped struts add stability around the base where heavy loads put the most stress\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e28 mm socket includes wind bracing holes, and optional KC-215A pneumatic wheels can be fitted when needed\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 485 trades height for a lower working range and compact footprint. It is the stand to pick when the load is heavy but the position is not high.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHeight range: 140.5 to 270 cm (55.31 to 106\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Closed length: 156 cm (61.4\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSections: 3 sections, 2 risers\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Footprint diameter: 130 cm (51.2\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMaximum load: 80 kg (176.3 lb); self-weight 34 kg (74.96 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eAdditional Technical Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSafety: Automatic self-locking mechanism; patented auto-insert safety pin\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Construction: Stainless steel legs with chrome plated steel column\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Column Diameters: 70 mm, 60 mm, 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLeg Diameter: 35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eOptional Wheel Set: KC-215A pneumatic wheel with adapter plate, 215 mm (8\"), set of three\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for heavy fixtures at low or mid height, studio floor positions, compact stage areas, larger soft lights, scenic supports, or locations where a full-height wind-up stand would interfere with the set.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eBuilt with a 28 mm junior receiver and wind bracing bracket. Optional KC-215A pneumatic wheels fit the 484 and 485 stand family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"485 | KUPO Heavy Duty Wind-Up Low Base Stand with Braked Casters\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO 485 is the low-base heavy-duty wind-up stand for crews who need 80 kg lifting capacity but cannot spare the floor space or working height of a taller crank stand. It uses the same heavy-duty approach as the 484, including stainless steel leg structure, chrome-plated steel columns, a 28 mm junior receiver, braked casters, and a patented auto-insert safety pin, but its working range is tuned for lower positions.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Heavy Duty Wind-Up Stands\",  \"sku\": \"485\",  \"mpn\": \"485\",  \"material\": \"Stainless steel legs with chrome plated steel column\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Low-base heavy duty wind-up stand\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load\",      \"value\": \"80 kg (176.3 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"34 kg (74.96 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Top Interface\",      \"value\": \"28 mm junior receiver + wind brace\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closed Length\",      \"value\": \"156 cm (61.4\\\")\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Height\",      \"value\": \"270 cm (106\\\")\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Minimum Height\",      \"value\": \"140.5 cm (55.31\\\")\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sections\",      \"value\": \"2 risers, 3 sections\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Footprint\",      \"value\": \"130 cm (51.2\\\")\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"485\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs the 485 just a shorter 484?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is the low-base version of the same heavy-duty wind-up idea, but the working range and footprint are different. Pick the 485 for heavy loads at lower heights and tighter positions.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it still carry 80 kg even though it is lower?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The listed loading weight is 80 kg (176.3 lb). As always, keep the load centered, lock the casters, and use proper bracing for exposed or offset setups.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWill the KC-215A pneumatic wheel kit fit this stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The specification lists KC-215A as the optional pneumatic wheel set for both 484 and 485 stands.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the 485 just a shorter 484?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is the low-base version of the same heavy-duty wind-up idea, but the working range and footprint are different. Pick the 485 for heavy loads at lower heights and tighter positions.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it still carry 80 kg even though it is lower?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The listed loading weight is 80 kg (176.3 lb). As always, keep the load centered, lock the casters, and use proper bracing for exposed or offset setups.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the KC-215A pneumatic wheel kit fit this stand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The specification lists KC-215A as the optional pneumatic wheel set for both 484 and 485 stands.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for 485 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Stand","offer_id":53907515736363,"sku":"485","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/485_b.jpg?v=1782111128"},{"product_id":"kbs-6060","title":"KBS-6060 - KUPO Boom Base","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/Hardware Solution\/kbs-6060-boom-base.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KBS-6060\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KBS-6060 Boom Base is a heavy steel floor base for supporting a 48 mm outside diameter vertical tube when a light, boom, or overhead support needs a grounded starting point. Its 6 mm steel plate construction, long receiver, twin locking knobs, and U-cut stackable shape make it a practical base for building repeatable floor-mounted lighting positions.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA boom base is not glamorous, but it decides whether the vertical tube starts from something dependable or from a compromise. KBS-6060 gives the tube a broad steel plate and a proper receiver, so the setup can be moved, stored, and handled as production hardware rather than a one-off shop solution.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e6 mm thick steel plate gives the base the mass and stiffness needed for floor-supported tube work\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eReceiver accepts 48 mm outside diameter tube or pipe and uses two knobs to hold the tube firmly\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eU-cut plate shape allows multiple bases to stack more neatly for storage and transport\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLarge hand slot makes the heavy plate easier to grip when moving it between positions\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDesigned to work with optional casters when the base needs to roll before final placement\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eKBS-6060 is a floor base rather than a telescopic stand, so its useful reach comes from the 48 mm tube installed in the receiver.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eReceiver size: for 48 mm outside diameter tube or pipe\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePlate thickness: 6 mm steel\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLocking: two receiver knobs for tube retention\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHandling: large carry slot built into the base plate\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eStorage: U-cut shape supports stacked transport\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for floor-mounted boom arms, vertical tube supports, temporary lighting positions, scenic support points, or studio setups where a weighted steel base is cleaner than a tripod stand.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for 48 mm outside diameter tube or pipe, including KUPO 48 mm tube applications such as KP-OD48-X family tube setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KBS-6060 | KUPO Boom Base\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KBS-6060 Boom Base is a heavy steel floor base for supporting a 48 mm outside diameter vertical tube when a light, boom, or overhead support needs a grounded starting point. Its 6 mm steel plate construction, long receiver, twin locking knobs, and U-cut stackable shape make it a practical base for building repeatable floor-mounted lighting positions.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stands \u003e Boom Bases\",  \"sku\": \"KBS-6060\",  \"mpn\": \"KBS-6060\",  \"material\": \"Sturdy steel plate\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Boom base\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Sturdy steel plate\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Receiver\",      \"value\": \"Long receiver with two locking knobs\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Plate Thickness\",      \"value\": \"6 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Base Size\",      \"value\": \"60 x 60 cm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Tube Accommodation\",      \"value\": \"48 mm outside diameter tube or pipe\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Handling\",      \"value\": \"Large grip slot for carrying\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Storage\",      \"value\": \"U-cut stackable storage shape\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Optional Accessory\",      \"value\": \"Caster applicable by setup requirement\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KBS-6060\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the vertical tube?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. KBS-6060 is the base. It is designed to accept a 48 mm outside diameter tube or pipe, which should be selected for the load and height of the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy does the base have a U-cut shape?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe U-cut shape helps the bases stack together more efficiently, which matters when a rental house or studio stores several of them.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this for overhead lifting by itself?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. It is a floor base for building a support point. The final safe working setup depends on the tube, load, height, and any required ballast or bracing.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this include the vertical tube?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. KBS-6060 is the base. It is designed to accept a 48 mm outside diameter tube or pipe, which should be selected for the load and height of the setup.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does the base have a U-cut shape?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The U-cut shape helps the bases stack together more efficiently, which matters when a rental house or studio stores several of them.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this for overhead lifting by itself?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It is a floor base for building a support point. The final safe working setup depends on the tube, load, height, and any required ballast or bracing.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KBS-6060 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Weight Bag","offer_id":53907518947627,"sku":"KBS-6060","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KBS-6060_b.jpg?v=1782111163"},{"product_id":"ks-040","title":"KS-040 - 28 mm Pin with M10 Thread and 12 cm Plate","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-F (Adapters) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/ks-040-28 mm-pin-with-m10-thread-and-12 cm-plate.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KS-040\" data-color=\" Chrome\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KS-040 is a followspot stand adapter with a chrome-plated 28 mm steel spigot, M10 thread with wing nut, and 12 cm round mounting plate. It fits standard 28 mm receivers and can convert that receiver to an M10 threaded fixture connection.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA round plate spreads the fixture connection more cleanly than a bare stud. KS-040 is especially useful for followspot and lighting-yoke setups that need a junior-style stand interface on one side and M10 hardware on the other.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e28 mm steel spigot fits standard junior receivers and lighting stands\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eM10 thread with wing nut supports compatible followspot or fixture yokes\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e12 cm \/ 4.7\" round mounting plate provides a broader fixture support surface\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Chrome-plated steel construction gives the adapter a robust stand-accessory finish\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e710 g weight suits the plated 28 mm adapter class\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for followspot stands, lighting yokes, and fixtures that need a 28 mm receiver interface with an M10 threaded mounting plate.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eKS-040 is the M10 version. KS-042 is the same plated adapter concept with an M12 thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KS-040 | 28 mm Pin with M10 Thread and 12 cm Plate\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KS-040 is a followspot stand adapter with a chrome-plated 28 mm steel spigot, M10 thread with wing nut, and 12 cm round mounting plate. It fits standard 28 mm receivers and can convert that receiver to an M10 threaded fixture connection.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand \u0026 Accessories \u003e Followspot Adapters\",  \"sku\": \"KS-040\",  \"mpn\": \"KS-040\",  \"color\": \" Chrome\",  \"material\": \" Chrome-plated steel\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Adapter\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"710 g \/ 1.57 lb\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Chrome-plated steel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Thread\",      \"value\": \"M10 thread with wing nut\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Length\",      \"value\": \"5.5\\\" \/ 139.9 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Spigot\",      \"value\": \"28 mm steel spigot\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Plate\",      \"value\": \"12 cm \/ 4.7\\\" round mounting plate\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KS-040\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat thread does KS-040 use?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt uses an M10 thread with wing nut.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat is the plate size?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe round mounting plate is 12 cm \/ 4.7\".\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from KS-042?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eKS-040 is M10. KS-042 is M12.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What thread does KS-040 use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It uses an M10 thread with wing nut.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the plate size?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The round mounting plate is 12 cm \/ 4.7\\u0022.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is it different from KS-042?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"KS-040 is M10. KS-042 is M12.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KS-040 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Adapter","offer_id":53907557744939,"sku":"KS-040","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KS-040_b.jpg?v=1782111572"},{"product_id":"ks-042","title":"KS-042 - 28 mm Pin with M12 Thread and 12 cm Plate","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-F (Adapters) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/ks-042-28 mm-pin-with-m12-thread-and-12 cm-plate.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KS-042\" data-color=\" Chrome\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KS-042 is the M12 version of the plated 28 mm followspot stand adapter. It combines a chrome-plated 28 mm steel spigot, M12 thread with wing nut, and 12 cm round mounting plate for fixture and yoke support.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eKS-042 should be chosen when the fixture side needs M12 rather than M10. The 28 mm spigot fits standard junior receivers, while the plate gives the yoke or fixture a broader contact surface than a bare stud.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e28 mm steel spigot fits standard junior receivers and lighting stands\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eM12 thread with wing nut supports compatible fixture yokes\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e12 cm \/ 4.7\" round mounting plate provides a broader fixture support surface\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Chrome-plated steel construction gives the adapter a robust stand-accessory finish\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e710 g weight matches the plated 28 mm adapter family\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for followspot stands, lighting yokes, and fixtures that need a 28 mm receiver interface with an M12 threaded mounting plate.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eKS-042 is M12. KS-040 is the M10 sister model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KS-042 | 28 mm Pin with M12 Thread and 12 cm Plate\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KS-042 is the M12 version of the plated 28 mm followspot stand adapter. It combines a chrome-plated 28 mm steel spigot, M12 thread with wing nut, and 12 cm round mounting plate for fixture and yoke support.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand \u0026 Accessories \u003e Followspot Adapters\",  \"sku\": \"KS-042\",  \"mpn\": \"KS-042\",  \"color\": \" Chrome\",  \"material\": \" Chrome-plated steel\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Adapter\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"710 g \/ 1.57 lb\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Chrome-plated steel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Thread\",      \"value\": \"M12 thread with wing nut\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Length\",      \"value\": \"5.5\\\" \/ 139.9 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Spigot\",      \"value\": \"28 mm steel spigot\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Plate\",      \"value\": \"12 cm \/ 4.7\\\" round mounting plate\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KS-042\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat thread does KS-042 use?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt uses an M12 thread with wing nut.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this the M10 model?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. KS-042 is M12. KS-040 is M10.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat receiver does the spigot fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt fits standard 28 mm junior receivers and lighting stands.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What thread does KS-042 use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It uses an M12 thread with wing nut.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the M10 model?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. KS-042 is M12. KS-040 is M10.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What receiver does the spigot fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It fits standard 28 mm junior receivers and lighting stands.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KS-042 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Adapter","offer_id":53907557810475,"sku":"KS-042","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KS-042_b.jpg?v=1782111573"},{"product_id":"ks-055","title":"KS-055 - Junior Multi Header","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-D (Brackets \u0026 Hangers) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/ks-055-junior-multi-header.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KS-055\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KS-055 Junior Multi Header is a 100 cm steel header for mounting up to five fixtures from one stand-top position. Five 28 mm junior receivers are welded to the black anti-reflection square tube, and one 28 mm junior stud connects the header to a stand or receiver.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eMultiple fixtures on one bar only work when the load is balanced. KS-055 keeps that reality visible, with up to 50 kg capacity when evenly distributed on both sides and up to 15 kg when loaded on one side only.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Five 28 mm junior receivers spread fixtures across a 100 cm horizontal header\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e28 mm junior stud connects the assembly to a universal stand top or junior receiver hardware\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e40 mm x 40 mm steel square tube provides a solid header body\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAnti-reflection black powder coating helps reduce shiny hardware reflections on set\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSeparate load limits keep balanced and one-sided use clear\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for studio, film, photo, and stage setups where multiple junior-mounted fixtures need to spread across a single stand-top position.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eLoad capacity is 50 kg \/ 110 lb evenly distributed on both sides, or 15 kg \/ 33 lb on one side only. Keep those values separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KS-055 | Junior Multi Header\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KS-055 Junior Multi Header is a 100 cm steel header for mounting up to five fixtures from one stand-top position. Five 28 mm junior receivers are welded to the black anti-reflection square tube, and one 28 mm junior stud connects the header to a stand or receiver.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand \u0026 Accessories \u003e Multi Headers\",  \"sku\": \"KS-055\",  \"mpn\": \"KS-055\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Steel, anti-reflection black coating\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Hardware accessory\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Steel, anti-reflection black coating\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Stand Interface\",      \"value\": \"One 28 mm stud\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Length\",      \"value\": \"100 cm \/ 40\\\"\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Tube Size\",      \"value\": \"40 mm H x 40 mm W x 1000 mm L\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Receivers\",      \"value\": \"Five 28 mm receivers\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Even Load\",      \"value\": \"50 kg \/ 110 lb\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"One-side Load\",      \"value\": \"15 kg \/ 33 lb\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KS-055\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow many fixtures can KS-055 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt has five 28 mm junior receivers for mounting up to five compatible fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat is the load capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is 50 kg when evenly distributed on both sides, or 15 kg on one side only.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy is the coating black?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe anti-reflection black coating helps reduce unwanted reflections on film and photo sets.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many fixtures can KS-055 hold?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It has five 28 mm junior receivers for mounting up to five compatible fixtures.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the load capacity?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is 50 kg when evenly distributed on both sides, or 15 kg on one side only.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why is the coating black?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The anti-reflection black coating helps reduce unwanted reflections on film and photo sets.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KS-055 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Adapter","offer_id":53907557908779,"sku":"KS-055","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KS-055_b.jpg?v=1782111574"},{"product_id":"ks-056","title":"KS-056 - 6X Lantern T-Bar","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-D (Brackets \u0026 Hangers) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/ks-056-6x-lantern-t-bar.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KS-056\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KS-056 6X Lantern T-Bar is a 1420 mm steel bar for mounting multiple lightweight fixtures from one stand. It includes six M10 screws and butterfly nuts along the bar, with a 28 mm solid steel spigot for a universal stand interface.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA long multi-light bar is balance-sensitive. KS-056 spreads lanterns or lightweight fixtures across a 142 cm span, but the load limit changes with balance: 12 kg when evenly distributed on both sides and 6 kg when loaded on one side only.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e1420 mm \/ 142 cm bar spreads up to six lightweight fixture positions\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSix M10 screws and butterfly nuts support quick fixture changes along the bar\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e28 mm solid steel spigot fits compatible universal stand tops\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePowder-coated steel construction gives the T-bar a practical production finish\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSeparate balanced and one-side load limits help crews rig it correctly\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for lanterns, lightweight fixtures, and balanced multi-light arrangements where several small sources need to mount from one stand.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eLoad capacity is 12 kg \/ 26.4 lb evenly distributed or 6 kg \/ 13.2 lb on one side only. Keep the corrected 1420 mm unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KS-056 | 6X Lantern T-Bar\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KS-056 6X Lantern T-Bar is a 1420 mm steel bar for mounting multiple lightweight fixtures from one stand. It includes six M10 screws and butterfly nuts along the bar, with a 28 mm solid steel spigot for a universal stand interface.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand \u0026 Accessories \u003e T-Bars\",  \"sku\": \"KS-056\",  \"mpn\": \"KS-056\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"Powder-coated steel\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Hardware accessory\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Powder-coated steel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Stand Interface\",      \"value\": \"28 mm stud\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Length\",      \"value\": \"1420 mm \/ 142 cm \/ 55.9\\\"\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Tube Size\",      \"value\": \"25 mm H x 50 mm W x 1420 mm L\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Mounting Points\",      \"value\": \"Six M10 screws and butterfly nuts\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Even Load\",      \"value\": \"12 kg \/ 26.4 lb\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"One-side Load\",      \"value\": \"6 kg \/ 13.2 lb\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KS-056\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow long is KS-056?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is 1420 mm \/ 142 cm \/ 55.9\" long.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat is the load capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is 12 kg evenly distributed or 6 kg on one side only.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat makes setup fast?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe six M10 screws and butterfly nuts make fixture changes along the bar more direct.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How long is KS-056?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is 1420 mm \/ 142 cm \/ 55.9\\u0022 long.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the load capacity?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is 12 kg evenly distributed or 6 kg on one side only.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes setup fast?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The six M10 screws and butterfly nuts make fixture changes along the bar more direct.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KS-056 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Adapter","offer_id":53907557974315,"sku":"KS-056","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KS-056_b.jpg?v=1782111574"},{"product_id":"ks-066","title":"KS-066 - Baby Triple Header","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-D (Brackets \u0026 Hangers) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/ks-066-baby-triple-header.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KS-066\" data-color=\" Chrome\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KS-066 Baby Triple Header is a chrome-plated steel header for mounting multiple fixtures or accessories from a single stand. It includes five 5\/8\" \/ 16 mm baby studs with embossed necks and can mount on a 16 mm baby stud or fit into a 28 mm junior receiver.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eKS-066 is useful when several baby-mounted fixtures need to share one stand position. The five-stud layout gives fixtures room to sit on the header, while baby pin holes add safety and stability during use.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Five 5\/8\" \/ 16 mm baby studs provide multiple baby-mounting positions\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eEmbossed necks help the baby studs work predictably with compatible receivers\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMounts on a 16 mm baby stud or into a 28 mm junior receiver\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Chrome-plated steel construction gives the header a durable studio finish\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBaby pin holes add safety and stability during use\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for multi-fixture baby-mounted setups in studios, photo bays, film sets, and compact lighting rigs where several small fixtures need one stand location.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe side nub thread is specified as 5\/16\"-18.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KS-066 | Baby Triple Header\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KS-066 Baby Triple Header is a chrome-plated steel header for mounting multiple fixtures or accessories from a single stand. It includes five 5\/8\\\" \/ 16 mm baby studs with embossed necks and can mount on a 16 mm baby stud or fit into a 28 mm junior receiver.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand \u0026 Accessories \u003e Multi Headers\",  \"sku\": \"KS-066\",  \"mpn\": \"KS-066\",  \"color\": \" Chrome\",  \"material\": \" Chrome-plated steel\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Hardware accessory\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Chrome-plated steel\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"1.5 kg \/ 3.3 lb\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Length\",      \"value\": \"810 mm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Studs\",      \"value\": \"Five 5\/8\\\" \/ 16 mm baby studs\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Stand Compatibility\",      \"value\": \"16 mm baby stud \/ 28 mm receiver\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Safety Detail\",      \"value\": \"Baby pin holes for added safety\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KS-066\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow many baby studs are on KS-066?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt includes five 5\/8\" \/ 16 mm baby studs.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat stand interfaces can it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt can mount on a 16 mm baby stud or fit into a 28 mm junior receiver.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat is the side nub thread size?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe side nub thread is specified as 5\/16\"-18.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many baby studs are on KS-066?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It includes five 5\/8\\\" \/ 16 mm baby studs.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What stand interfaces can it use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It can mount on a 16 mm baby stud or fit into a 28 mm junior receiver.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the side nub thread size?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The side nub thread is specified as 5\/16\\\"-18.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KS-066 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Adapter","offer_id":53907558072619,"sku":"KS-066","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KS-066_b.jpg?v=1782111575"},{"product_id":"ks-080","title":"KS-080 - Ball Race M10 Stud","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-D (Brackets \u0026 Hangers) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/ks-080-ball-race-m10-stud.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KS-080\" data-color=\" Chrome \/ black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KS-080 Ball Race M10 Stud is a followspot stand adapter with a rotating 28 mm spigot and attached M10 screw. Roller bearings inside the adapter create smoother pan movement, helping a lighting fixture behave more like a followspot setup.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Followspot movement should feel controlled, not sticky or sudden. KS-080 adds a ball-race panning interface between the fixture and the stand, with a locking knob to hold position once the light is aimed.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eRotating 28 mm spigot fits junior-style receivers and followspot stand workflows\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAttached M10 screw connects to compatible fixture yoke hardware\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eRoller-bearing ball race supports smooth panning while tracking\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLocking knob controls position once the fixture is aimed\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e820 g body weight gives the adapter a substantial followspot feel\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it to convert compatible lighting fixtures into smoother followspot-style rigs where controlled pan movement is important.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eKS-080 is the M10 version. KS-082 is the matching M12 model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KS-080 | Ball Race M10 Stud\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KS-080 Ball Race M10 Stud is a followspot stand adapter with a rotating 28 mm spigot and attached M10 screw. Roller bearings inside the adapter create smoother pan movement, helping a lighting fixture behave more like a followspot setup.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand \u0026 Accessories \u003e Followspot Adapters\",  \"sku\": \"KS-080\",  \"mpn\": \"KS-080\",  \"color\": \" Chrome \/ black\",  \"material\": \" Chrome steel + powder-coated aluminum\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Adapter\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"820 g \/ 1.82 lb\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Chrome steel + powder-coated aluminum\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Thread\",      \"value\": \"M10 screw attached\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Length\",      \"value\": \"7.8\\\"\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Spigot\",      \"value\": \"Rotating 28 mm spigot\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Movement\",      \"value\": \"Roller-bearing ball race for smooth panning\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Locking\",      \"value\": \"Position controlled by locking knob\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KS-080\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat does the ball race do?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe roller-bearing ball race helps the fixture pan smoothly and avoid sudden movement while tracking.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat thread does KS-080 use?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eKS-080 uses an attached M10 screw.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from KS-082?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eKS-080 is M10. KS-082 is M12.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does the ball race do?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The roller-bearing ball race helps the fixture pan smoothly and avoid sudden movement while tracking.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What thread does KS-080 use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"KS-080 uses an attached M10 screw.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is it different from KS-082?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"KS-080 is M10. KS-082 is M12.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KS-080 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Adapter","offer_id":53907558301995,"sku":"KS-080","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KS-080_b.jpg?v=1782111578"},{"product_id":"ks-082","title":"KS-082 - Ball Race M12 Stud","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-D (Brackets \u0026 Hangers) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/ks-082-ball-race-m12-stud.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KS-082\" data-color=\" Chrome \/ black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KS-082 Ball Race M12 Stud is the M12 version of the ball-race followspot stand adapter. It uses a rotating 28 mm spigot with an attached M12 screw to help turn a compatible lighting fixture into a smoother followspot-style rig.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe panning behavior is the point. KS-082 uses roller-bearing action to help the operator pan gently without sudden jumps, while the locking knob holds the position after the fixture is aimed.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eRotating 28 mm spigot supports junior-style receiver and followspot stand workflows\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAttached M12 screw connects to compatible fixture yoke hardware\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eRoller-bearing ball race enables smoother pan movement\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLocking knob controls the fixture position after aiming\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e820 g body weight gives the adapter a substantial working feel\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it when a fixture with M12 yoke hardware needs smoother followspot-style panning on a 28 mm receiver setup.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eKS-082 is the M12 version. KS-080 is the M10 sister model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KS-082 | Ball Race M12 Stud\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KS-082 Ball Race M12 Stud is the M12 version of the ball-race followspot stand adapter. It uses a rotating 28 mm spigot with an attached M12 screw to help turn a compatible lighting fixture into a smoother followspot-style rig.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand \u0026 Accessories \u003e Followspot Adapters\",  \"sku\": \"KS-082\",  \"mpn\": \"KS-082\",  \"color\": \" Chrome \/ black\",  \"material\": \" Chrome steel + powder-coated aluminum\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Adapter\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Weight\",      \"value\": \"820 g \/ 1.82 lb\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Chrome steel + powder-coated aluminum\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Thread\",      \"value\": \"M12 screw attached\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Length\",      \"value\": \"7.8\\\"\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Spigot\",      \"value\": \"Rotating 28 mm spigot\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Movement\",      \"value\": \"Roller-bearing ball race for smooth panning\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Locking\",      \"value\": \"Position controlled by locking knob\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KS-082\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat thread does KS-082 use?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt uses an attached M12 screw.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat does it do for panning?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe roller-bearing ball race helps the fixture pan smoothly for followspot-style movement.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhich model is M10?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eKS-080 is the M10 version.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What thread does KS-082 use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It uses an attached M12 screw.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does it do for panning?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The roller-bearing ball race helps the fixture pan smoothly for followspot-style movement.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which model is M10?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"KS-080 is the M10 version.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KS-082 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Adapter","offer_id":53907558433067,"sku":"KS-082","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KS-082_b.jpg?v=1782111579"},{"product_id":"ks-235","title":"KS-235 - Speaker Adapter","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-F (Adapters) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/ks-235-speaker-adapter.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KS-235\" data-color=\" Chrome plated\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KS-235 is a speaker adapter that converts a 28 mm spigot to a 35 mm spigot. It lets a speaker mount securely on a large lighting stand with a 28 mm receiver.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eEvent crews often need one stand system to support both lighting and speaker hardware. KS-235 keeps the conversion direction clear, taking the 28 mm stand context into the 35 mm speaker-mount standard without turning it into a fixture adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Converts 28 mm spigot context to 35 mm speaker spigot use\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eIron solid rod construction gives the adapter a tough body\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Chrome-plated finish supports repeated event and rental handling\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMade for large lighting stands with a 28 mm receiver\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSuitable for most speaker mounts using the 35 mm standard context\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for event, rental, school, worship, and venue setups where speakers need to mount on large lighting stands built around a 28 mm receiver.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned for large lighting stands with a 28 mm receiver and speaker mounts using the 35 mm standard context.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KS-235 | Speaker Adapter\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KS-235 is a speaker adapter that converts a 28 mm spigot to a 35 mm spigot. It lets a speaker mount securely on a large lighting stand with a 28 mm receiver.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand \u0026 Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"KS-235\",  \"mpn\": \"KS-235\",  \"color\": \" Chrome plated\",  \"material\": \"Iron solid rod\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Adapter\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"Iron solid rod\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Finish\",      \"value\": \"Chrome plated\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Compatibility\",      \"value\": \"Speaker mounts with standard 35 mm socket\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Speaker mounting on 28 mm receiver stands\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Conversion\",      \"value\": \"28 mm spigot to 35 mm spigot\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KS-235\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhich way does the adapter convert?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eKS-235 converts a 28 mm stand or spigot context to a 35 mm speaker mounting context.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this for lighting fixtures?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. It is written and intended as a speaker adapter, not as a general lighting fixture adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat kind of stand is it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is for large lighting stands with a 28 mm receiver.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which way does the adapter convert?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"KS-235 converts a 28 mm stand or spigot context to a 35 mm speaker mounting context.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this for lighting fixtures?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It is written and intended as a speaker adapter, not as a general lighting fixture adapter.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What kind of stand is it for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is for large lighting stands with a 28 mm receiver.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KS-235 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Adapter","offer_id":53907561644331,"sku":"KS-235","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KS-235_b.jpg?v=1782111615"},{"product_id":"ksd-1680l","title":"KSD-1680L - Empty Saddle Sand Bag, 16 kg Loading Weight","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-M (Bags \u0026 Set Safety) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/ksd-1680l-empty-saddle-sand-bag.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KSD-1680L\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KSD-1680L is a large refillable saddle sand bag for giving heavier stands and boom setups the ballast they need on set. It ships empty, so crews can fill it locally and place the finished weight exactly where the rig needs support.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eHeavier rigs need ballast that can be handled confidently. KSD-1680L combines a 16 kg working loading weight with reinforced 1000D Cordura Nylon construction, a saddle shape, internal liners, and butterfly-style lift handles.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e16 kg \/ 35 lb working loading weight for larger stand and boom support\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e1000D Cordura Nylon construction with reinforced stitching and rivets\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSaddle design drapes over stand legs and boom arms\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eInternal liner and hook-and-loop closure help keep fill material contained\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eButterfly-style lift handles support easier placement and removal\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000D Cordura Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking loading weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 kg \/ 35 lb\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBag weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 450 g \/ 16.9 oz\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 x 28 x 12 cm \/ 14.2\" x 11\" x 4.8\"\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for larger stand ballast, boom counterweighting, and set safety where a medium sand bag is not enough.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Compatible with larger stands, boom arms, and studio rigs that need heavier refillable saddle-style ballast. Fill and place the bag according to the required working loading weight and site safety practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KSD-1680L | Empty Saddle Sand Bag, 16 kg Loading Weight\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KSD-1680L is a large refillable saddle sand bag for giving heavier stands and boom setups the ballast they need on set. It ships empty, so crews can fill it locally and place the finished weight exactly where the rig needs support.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand Accessories \u003e Sand Bags\",  \"sku\": \"KSD-1680L\",  \"mpn\": \"KSD-1680L\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"1000D Cordura Nylon\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Sand bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Design\",      \"value\": \"Refillable saddle sand bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Working Loading Weight\",      \"value\": \"16 kg \/ 35 lb\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Bag Weight\",      \"value\": \"450 g \/ 16.9 oz\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Size\",      \"value\": \"36 x 28 x 12 cm \/ 14.2 in x 11 in x 4.8 in\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closure\",      \"value\": \"Hook-and-loop closure\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KSD-1680L\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the loading weight for KSD-1680L?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe large size is specified for 16 kg \/ 35 lb of working loading weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a filled sand bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is supplied empty and is intended to be filled by the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the thickness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formal specification uses 12 cm thickness for KSD-1680L.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the loading weight for KSD-1680L?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The large size is specified for 16 kg \/ 35 lb of working loading weight.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this a filled sand bag?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It is supplied empty and is intended to be filled by the user.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the thickness?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The formal specification uses 12 cm thickness for KSD-1680L.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KSD-1680L --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Weight Bag","offer_id":53907563512107,"sku":"KSD-1680L","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KSD-1680L_b.jpg?v=1782111640"},{"product_id":"ksd-1680m","title":"KSD-1680M - Empty Saddle Sand Bag, 11 kg Loading Weight","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-M (Bags \u0026 Set Safety) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/ksd-1680m-empty-saddle-sand-bag.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KSD-1680M\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KSD-1680M is a medium refillable saddle sand bag for stabilizing stands, boom arms, camera supports, and grip setups. It ships empty, so crews can fill it on site and avoid carrying unnecessary weight before the job.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA good sand bag should be easy to place, easy to identify, and hard to abuse. KSD-1680M gives a useful 11 kg loading weight in a saddle shape that sits cleanly over stand legs and boom arms, with 1000D Cordura Nylon construction for daily production work.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e11 kg \/ 24.2 lb working loading weight for medium ballast needs\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e1000D Cordura Nylon body with reinforced stitching and rivets\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSaddle format distributes weight on both sides of a stand leg or boom\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHook-and-loop closure and internal liners help contain fill material\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDouble handles make lifting and repositioning more controlled\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000D Cordura Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking loading weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 11 kg \/ 24.2 lb\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBag weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 600 g \/ 1.33 lb\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 45 x 22 x 10 cm \/ 17.5\" x 8.5\" x 4\"\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for stand ballast, boom counterweighting, camera support stabilization, and safer floor-level rigging on set.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Compatible with stands, boom arms, and medium set rigs that benefit from refillable saddle-style ballast. Fill and place the bag according to the required working loading weight and site safety practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KSD-1680M | Empty Saddle Sand Bag, 11 kg Loading Weight\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KSD-1680M is a medium refillable saddle sand bag for stabilizing stands, boom arms, camera supports, and grip setups. It ships empty, so crews can fill it on site and avoid carrying unnecessary weight before the job.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand Accessories \u003e Sand Bags\",  \"sku\": \"KSD-1680M\",  \"mpn\": \"KSD-1680M\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"1000D Cordura Nylon\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Sand bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Design\",      \"value\": \"Refillable saddle sand bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Working Loading Weight\",      \"value\": \"11 kg \/ 24.2 lb\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Bag Weight\",      \"value\": \"600 g \/ 1.33 lb\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Size\",      \"value\": \"45 x 22 x 10 cm \/ 17.5 in x 8.5 in x 4 in\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closure\",      \"value\": \"Hook-and-loop closure\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KSD-1680M\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes KSD-1680M include sand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is an empty refillable bag intended to be filled locally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat loading weight is this size made for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKSD-1680M is specified for an 11 kg \/ 24.2 lb working loading weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy use a saddle shape?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe saddle design lets the weight sit on both sides of a stand leg or boom arm for cleaner placement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does KSD-1680M include sand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It is an empty refillable bag intended to be filled locally.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What loading weight is this size made for?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"KSD-1680M is specified for an 11 kg \/ 24.2 lb working loading weight.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why use a saddle shape?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The saddle design lets the weight sit on both sides of a stand leg or boom arm for cleaner placement.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KSD-1680M --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Weight Bag","offer_id":53907563577643,"sku":"KSD-1680M","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KSD-1680M_b.jpg?v=1782111641"},{"product_id":"ksd-1680s","title":"KSD-1680S - Empty Saddle Sand Bag, 6 kg Loading Weight","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-M (Bags \u0026 Set Safety) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/ksd-1680s-empty-saddle-sand-bag.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KSD-1680S\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KSD-1680S is a small refillable saddle sand bag for adding practical ballast to light stands, boom arms, and compact set rigs. It ships empty so crews can fill it locally, reducing transport weight before the bag goes to work.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSmall stands and boom setups still need ballast that sits cleanly where it is placed. The saddle shape lets the bag drape over a leg or arm with weight on both sides, while the 1000D Cordura Nylon body is built for repeated studio and location handling.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eRefillable 6 kg \/ 13.2 lb working loading weight for compact ballast needs\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e1000D Cordura Nylon construction with reinforced stitching and rivets\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSaddle design sits naturally over stand legs and boom arms\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHook-and-loop closure and internal liner bags help keep fill material contained\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDouble handles make the filled bag easier to lift, place, and remove\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000D Cordura Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking loading weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 kg \/ 13.2 lb\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBag weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500 g \/ 17.6 oz\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 x 22 x 10 cm \/ 12\" x 8.5\" x 4\"\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for light stand ballast, boom counterweighting, small set support, and safer placement of compact rigs during studio or location work.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Compatible with light stands, compact boom setups, and small on-set rigs that need refillable saddle-style ballast. Fill and place the bag according to the required working loading weight and site safety practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KSD-1680S | Empty Saddle Sand Bag, 6 kg Loading Weight\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KSD-1680S is a small refillable saddle sand bag for adding practical ballast to light stands, boom arms, and compact set rigs. It ships empty so crews can fill it locally, reducing transport weight before the bag goes to work.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand Accessories \u003e Sand Bags\",  \"sku\": \"KSD-1680S\",  \"mpn\": \"KSD-1680S\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"1000D Cordura Nylon\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Sand bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Design\",      \"value\": \"Refillable saddle sand bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Working Loading Weight\",      \"value\": \"6 kg \/ 13.2 lb\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Bag Weight\",      \"value\": \"500 g \/ 17.6 oz\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Size\",      \"value\": \"30 x 22 x 10 cm \/ 12 in x 8.5 in x 4 in\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closure\",      \"value\": \"Hook-and-loop closure\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KSD-1680S\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes KSD-1680S ship filled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It ships empty so the user can fill it locally with suitable ballast material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere should this sand bag be used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is made to drape over stand legs, boom arms, and compact set rigs that need added stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is used?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag uses 1000D Cordura Nylon with reinforced construction for professional set handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does KSD-1680S ship filled?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It ships empty so the user can fill it locally with suitable ballast material.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where should this sand bag be used?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is made to drape over stand legs, boom arms, and compact set rigs that need added stability.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What material is used?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The bag uses 1000D Cordura Nylon with reinforced construction for professional set handling.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KSD-1680S --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Weight Bag","offer_id":53907563643179,"sku":"KSD-1680S","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KSD-1680S_b.jpg?v=1782111643"},{"product_id":"ksd-1680xl","title":"KSD-1680XL - Empty Sand Bag, 22.7 kg Loading Weight","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-M (Bags \u0026 Set Safety) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: hardware_missing_markdown_batch_01\/ksd-1680xl-empty-sand-bag.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KSD-1680XL\" data-color=\"Black\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KSD-1680XL is an extra-large refillable sand bag for heavier ballast needs around stands, booms, and set hardware. It ships empty, allowing crews to fill it locally and position the finished weight where the rig needs support.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eWhen the load is larger, the bag has to be both strong and manageable. KSD-1680XL uses 1000D Cordura Nylon, a 22.7 kg working loading weight, and butterfly \/ fly-away handles that make the loaded bag easier to lift away from stands and booms.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e22.7 kg \/ 50 lb working loading weight for heavier ballast applications\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e1000D Cordura Nylon construction for repeated production handling\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eButterfly \/ fly-away handle style helps lift the bag off stands and booms\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHook-and-loop closure and internal liner help keep fill material contained\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eExtra-large format supports heavier stand, boom, and set safety needs\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000D Cordura Nylon\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking loading weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 22.7 kg \/ 50 lb\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBag weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 460 g \/ 16.23 oz\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 36 x 34 x 12 cm \/ 14.2\" x 14\" x 4.8\"\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for heavy stand ballast, boom counterweighting, and set safety where a larger refillable bag is required.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003e Compatible with heavy stands, long boom setups, and larger on-set support rigs that need high-capacity refillable ballast. Fill and place the bag according to the required working loading weight and site safety practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KSD-1680XL | Empty Sand Bag, 22.7 kg Loading Weight\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KSD-1680XL is an extra-large refillable sand bag for heavier ballast needs around stands, booms, and set hardware. It ships empty, allowing crews to fill it locally and position the finished weight where the rig needs support.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.kupopower.com\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Lighting Stand Accessories \u003e Sand Bags\",  \"sku\": \"KSD-1680XL\",  \"mpn\": \"KSD-1680XL\",  \"color\": \"Black\",  \"material\": \"1000D Cordura Nylon\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Sand bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Design\",      \"value\": \"Refillable butterfly \/ fly-away sand bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Working Loading Weight\",      \"value\": \"22.7 kg \/ 50 lb\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Bag Weight\",      \"value\": \"460 g \/ 16.23 oz\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Size\",      \"value\": \"36 x 34 x 12 cm \/ 14.2 in x 14 in x 4.8 in\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closure\",      \"value\": \"Hook-and-loop closure\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KSD-1680XL\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the loading weight for KSD-1680XL?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extra-large size is specified for 22.7 kg \/ 50 lb of working loading weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the XL version different?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has the largest loading weight in this group and uses butterfly \/ fly-away handles for easier removal from stands and booms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the thickness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formal specification uses 12 cm thickness for KSD-1680XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the loading weight for KSD-1680XL?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The extra-large size is specified for 22.7 kg \/ 50 lb of working loading weight.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes the XL version different?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It has the largest loading weight in this group and uses butterfly \/ fly-away handles for easier removal from stands and booms.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the thickness?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The formal specification uses 12 cm thickness for KSD-1680XL.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KSD-1680XL --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Weight Bag","offer_id":53907563741483,"sku":"KSD-1680XL","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KSD-1680XL_b.jpg?v=1782111644"},{"product_id":"ksd-77","title":"KSD-77 - KUPO Empty Sand Bag","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/Hardware Solution\/ksd-77-empty-sand-bag.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KSD-77\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KSD-77 is an empty heavy-duty sand bag for crews who prefer to fill counterweights locally instead of shipping filled bags. Its saddlebag format drapes over stand legs or boom arms, while 1000D Cordura nylon, internal liner bags, triple Velcro closure, and dual haul handles make it a practical reusable weight bag for stage, studio, and location work.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eAn empty bag saves shipping weight, but it still has to behave like professional safety gear once filled. KSD-77 is built for that job, with a saddlebag shape that sits naturally over a stand and closures designed to keep sand contained during handling.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eShips empty so rental houses and crews can fill it locally with the preferred ballast material\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSaddlebag shape drapes over stand legs or boom arms for balanced counterweight placement\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e1000D Cordura nylon and internal plastic liners help keep dust in and water out\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eTriple Velcro closure reduces leakage when the bag is carried, stacked, or repositioned\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDual haul handles with a unifying wrap make a filled bag easier to move\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eKSD-77 is a counterweight accessory rather than a height-adjustable stand, so the useful numbers are size, capacity, and handling weight.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBag size: 39 x 46 x 12 cm (15.5 x 18.2 x 4.8\")\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eEmpty weight: 600 g (21.2 oz)\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eWorking loading weight: 35 kg (77 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMaterial: 1000D Cordura nylon with internal liner\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Closure: triple Velcro design\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it to stabilize light stands, boom arms, overhead arms, backdrop supports, and temporary production rigs where ballast is required but shipping filled weights is inefficient.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eDesigned to drape over stand legs and boom arms. Fill material should be chosen by the user and matched to the required counterweight and handling conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KSD-77 | KUPO Empty Sand Bag\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KSD-77 is an empty heavy-duty sand bag for crews who prefer to fill counterweights locally instead of shipping filled bags. Its saddlebag format drapes over stand legs or boom arms, while 1000D Cordura nylon, internal liner bags, triple Velcro closure, and dual haul handles make it a practical reusable weight bag for stage, studio, and location work.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Stand Bags and Counterweights\",  \"sku\": \"KSD-77\",  \"mpn\": \"KSD-77\",  \"material\": \"1000D Cordura nylon\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Empty saddle sand bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"1000D Cordura nylon\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Best for\",      \"value\": \"Fill-on-site counterweight\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Design\",      \"value\": \"Saddlebag drape-over design\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Loading Weight\",      \"value\": \"35 kg (77 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Empty Weight\",      \"value\": \"600 g (21.2 oz)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Size\",      \"value\": \"39 x 46 x 12 cm (15.5\\\" x 18.2\\\" x 4.8\\\")\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closure\",      \"value\": \"Triple Velcro anti-leak closure\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Handling\",      \"value\": \"Dual haul handles with unifying wrap\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KSD-77\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes KSD-77 ship filled?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. It ships empty, which keeps transport cost down and lets you choose the fill material locally.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat is the 77 lb number referring to?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt is the working loading weight for the filled bag, not the empty bag weight. The empty bag itself is listed at 600 g.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it be used on a boom arm as well as a stand leg?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The saddlebag design is intended to drape over stand legs or boom arms, depending on where the counterweight is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does KSD-77 ship filled?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It ships empty, which keeps transport cost down and lets you choose the fill material locally.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the 77 lb number referring to?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is the working loading weight for the filled bag, not the empty bag weight. The empty bag itself is listed at 600 g.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be used on a boom arm as well as a stand leg?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The saddlebag design is intended to drape over stand legs or boom arms, depending on where the counterweight is needed.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KSD-77 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Weight Bag","offer_id":53907563872555,"sku":"KSD-77","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KSD-77_b.jpg?v=1782111646"},{"product_id":"ksf-15","title":"KSF-15 - KUPO 15 lb Shot Bag","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/Hardware Solution\/ksf-15-shot-bag-15 lb.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KSF-15\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KSF-15 is a prefilled 15 lb shot bag for stabilizing light stands and adding counterweight to boom arms. It uses a traditional two-wing drape-over design, 1000D Cordura nylon, water-resistant internal coating, and 2 mm solid steel shot so the bag settles densely over stand legs without feeling bulky.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe 15 lb size is the everyday counterweight: heavy enough to matter on a small stand or boom, but still easy to move quickly during a set change. KSF-15 gives crews that middle ground in a labeled, durable bag instead of a loose improvised weight.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePrefilled with 2 mm solid steel shot for dense, compact counterweight performance\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eTwo-wing design drapes naturally over light stand legs or boom arms without needing straps\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlue weight label makes the 15 lb size easy to identify in a mixed bag cart\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBuilt-in handle helps crew move the bag quickly between stands during focus or reset\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e1000D Cordura nylon construction with internal coating supports repeated production use\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eKSF-15 is a fixed-weight counterweight, so size and load are more important than reach.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLoading weight: 15 lb (6.5 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSize: 15 x 15 x 13 cm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Fill: 2 mm solid steel shot\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDesign: two-wing drape-over shot bag\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMaterial: 1000D Cordura nylon\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it on light stand legs, small boom arms, compact grip setups, background supports, and location kits where a manageable 15 lb counterweight is enough to settle the rig.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePart of the KSF shot bag family with KSF-25 and KSF-30. Use a heavier size when the stand, boom length, or load requires more counterweight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KSF-15 | KUPO 15 lb Shot Bag\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KSF-15 is a prefilled 15 lb shot bag for stabilizing light stands and adding counterweight to boom arms. It uses a traditional two-wing drape-over design, 1000D Cordura nylon, water-resistant internal coating, and 2 mm solid steel shot so the bag settles densely over stand legs without feeling bulky.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Shot Bags and Counterweights\",  \"sku\": \"KSF-15\",  \"mpn\": \"KSF-15\",  \"material\": \"1000D Cordura nylon\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Shot bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Loading Weight\",      \"value\": \"15 lb (6.5 kg)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"1000D Cordura nylon\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Best for\",      \"value\": \"Light stand \/ boom counterweight\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Design\",      \"value\": \"Two-wing drape-over design\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Fill\",      \"value\": \"2 mm solid steel shot\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Size\",      \"value\": \"15 x 15 x 13 cm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Identification\",      \"value\": \"Blue label for quick weight identification\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KSF-15\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this bag already filled?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. KSF-15 is a shot bag filled with 2 mm solid steel shot, not an empty sand bag.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy would I choose 15 lb instead of 25 lb?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Choose 15 lb when the stand or boom only needs moderate counterweight and the bag will be moved often. The 25 lb and 30 lb versions are better for heavier or more offset setups.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it sit over a stand leg without tying it on?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The two-wing design is made to drape over stand legs or a boom arm so the weight sits evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this bag already filled?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. KSF-15 is a shot bag filled with 2 mm solid steel shot, not an empty sand bag.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why would I choose 15 lb instead of 25 lb?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\" Choose 15 lb when the stand or boom only needs moderate counterweight and the bag will be moved often. The 25 lb and 30 lb versions are better for heavier or more offset setups.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it sit over a stand leg without tying it on?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The two-wing design is made to drape over stand legs or a boom arm so the weight sits evenly.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KSF-15 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Base \/ Plate","offer_id":53907563938091,"sku":"KSF-15","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KSF-15_b.jpg?v=1782111647"},{"product_id":"ksf-25","title":"KSF-25 - KUPO 25 lb Shot Bag","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/Hardware Solution\/ksf-25-shot-bag-25 lb.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KSF-25\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KSF-25 is a prefilled 25 lb shot bag for stands, booms, and grip setups that need more counterweight than a small bag can provide. It uses 1000D Cordura nylon, 2 mm steel shot, a two-wing drape-over body, and attached steel D-ring with swivel spring hook for flexible placement on stand legs or boom hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA 25 lb bag is often the point where a counterweight starts to feel serious but still remains practical for one person to move. KSF-25 gives that weight in a compact shot-filled form, with attachment hardware for jobs where simply draping the bag is not the best option.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e25 lb loading weight gives more holding power for booms, larger stands, and offset accessories\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e2 mm steel shot creates a dense bag that conforms around stand legs better than rigid weights\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eTwo-wing body drapes cleanly over stand legs for fast placement during setup\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSteel D-ring and swivel spring hook add an attachment option for boom arms or hanging points\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlue weight label helps crew identify the 25 lb size quickly on a loaded cart\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eKSF-25 is a fixed counterweight. The useful working details are fill, size, and attachment style.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLoading weight: 25 lb (11.3 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSize: 24 x 19 x 14 cm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Fill: 2 mm solid steel shot\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAttachment: steel D-ring and swivel spring hook attached\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMaterial: 1000D Cordura nylon\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for heavier stand bases, medium boom arms, offset lighting rigs, and production positions where the 15 lb bag is not enough but a 30 lb bag is more than the crew wants to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePart of the KSF shot bag family with KSF-15 and KSF-30. Use with stand legs, boom arms, and suitable attachment points that can safely accept the bag weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KSF-25 | KUPO 25 lb Shot Bag\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KSF-25 is a prefilled 25 lb shot bag for stands, booms, and grip setups that need more counterweight than a small bag can provide. It uses 1000D Cordura nylon, 2 mm steel shot, a two-wing drape-over body, and attached steel D-ring with swivel spring hook for flexible placement on stand legs or boom hardware.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Shot Bags and Counterweights\",  \"sku\": \"KSF-25\",  \"mpn\": \"KSF-25\",  \"material\": \"1000D Cordura nylon\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Shot bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Loading Weight\",      \"value\": \"25 lb (11.3 kg)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"1000D Cordura nylon\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Best for\",      \"value\": \"Medium stand \/ boom counterweight\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Design\",      \"value\": \"Two-wing drape-over design\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Attachment\",      \"value\": \"Steel D-ring and swivel spring hook attached\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Fill\",      \"value\": \"2 mm solid steel shot\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Size\",      \"value\": \"24 x 19 x 14 cm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Identification\",      \"value\": \"Blue label for quick weight identification\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KSF-25\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes the KSF-25 include attachment hardware?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The current corrected data lists a steel D-ring and swivel spring hook attached to the KSF-25.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs 25 lb the empty bag weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. It is the loading weight of the filled shot bag. The bag is supplied as a weighted counterweight, not as an empty shell.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhen is this better than the Wrap \u0026amp; Go style?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003e Choose KSF-25 when you want a traditional drape-over shot bag. Choose the KSW Wrap \u0026amp; Go bags when you need a strap that wraps around a stand base or midway on a stand.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does the KSF-25 include attachment hardware?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The current corrected data lists a steel D-ring and swivel spring hook attached to the KSF-25.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is 25 lb the empty bag weight?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It is the loading weight of the filled shot bag. The bag is supplied as a weighted counterweight, not as an empty shell.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"When is this better than the Wrap \u0026 Go style?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\" Choose KSF-25 when you want a traditional drape-over shot bag. Choose the KSW Wrap \u0026 Go bags when you need a strap that wraps around a stand base or midway on a stand.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KSF-25 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Base \/ Plate","offer_id":53907564036395,"sku":"KSF-25","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KSF-25_b.jpg?v=1782111648"},{"product_id":"ksf-30","title":"KSF-30 - KUPO 30 lb Shot Bag","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/Hardware Solution\/ksf-30-shot-bag-30 lb.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KSF-30\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KSF-30 is the 30 lb loading-weight member of the KSF shot bag family, made for heavier stand and boom setups that need a denser counterweight. It uses 1000D Cordura nylon, a plastic internal liner, 2 mm steel shot, double Velcro closure, a rubberized handle, and an eyelet with spring lock for boom-hook placement.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eWhen a boom arm starts to reach farther out, a small sandbag can become a gesture rather than real ballast. KSF-30 gives the crew a heavier shot-filled option while still keeping the bag soft enough to drape and place safely around stand hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e30 lb loading weight provides stronger counterbalance for heavier boom and stand setups\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e2 mm steel shot inside a poly inner bag gives dense weight without rigid edges\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDouble Velcro closure helps keep the shot contained during handling and transport\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eRubberized handle makes the heavier bag easier to reposition on set\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eEyelet and spring lock support attachment to a boom hook when the setup calls for it\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eKSF-30 is specified by loading weight rather than empty bag weight. A separate tare weight is not specified, so the 30 lb figure is treated as the working loading weight.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLoading weight: 13.69 kg (30 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Fill: 2 mm steel balls encapsulated in a poly inner bag\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Closure: double Velcro design\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eHandling: rubberized handle\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eAttachment: eyelet and spring lock for boom hook use\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for heavier boom arms, large stand bases, long offsets, and production rigs where a 15 lb or 25 lb bag does not provide enough counterweight.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePart of the KSF shot bag family with KSF-15 and KSF-25. Use on stand legs, boom arms, and suitable boom-hook positions rated for the applied load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KSF-30 | KUPO 30 lb Shot Bag\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KSF-30 is the 30 lb loading-weight member of the KSF shot bag family, made for heavier stand and boom setups that need a denser counterweight. It uses 1000D Cordura nylon, a plastic internal liner, 2 mm steel shot, double Velcro closure, a rubberized handle, and an eyelet with spring lock for boom-hook placement.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Shot Bags and Counterweights\",  \"sku\": \"KSF-30\",  \"mpn\": \"KSF-30\",  \"material\": \"1,000D Cordura + plastic liner\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Shot bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Loading Weight\",      \"value\": \"13.69 kg (30 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"1,000D Cordura + plastic liner\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Best for\",      \"value\": \"Heavy stand \/ boom counterweight\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Design\",      \"value\": \"Two-wing drape-over design\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Attachment\",      \"value\": \"Eyelet + spring lock for boom hook\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Fill\",      \"value\": \"2 mm steel balls in poly inner bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Closure\",      \"value\": \"Double Velcro design\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Handling\",      \"value\": \"Rubberized handle for repositioning\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KSF-30\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs 13.69 kg the empty bag weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. Per the corrected note, 13.69 kg (30 lb) is the loading weight. A separate empty bag weight is not listed in the specification.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this different from KSF-25?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eKSF-30 is the heavier option and includes the eyelet and spring lock detail for boom-hook use. KSF-25 is lighter and easier to move when 25 lb is enough.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can it be draped over stand legs?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The specification notes the two-wing design for draping over light stand legs, and the filled shot construction helps it settle around the leg shape.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is 13.69 kg the empty bag weight?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. Per the corrected note, 13.69 kg (30 lb) is the loading weight. A separate empty bag weight is not listed in the specification.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What makes this different from KSF-25?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"KSF-30 is the heavier option and includes the eyelet and spring lock detail for boom-hook use. KSF-25 is lighter and easier to move when 25 lb is enough.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can it be draped over stand legs?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The specification notes the two-wing design for draping over light stand legs, and the filled shot construction helps it settle around the leg shape.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KSF-30 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Base \/ Plate","offer_id":53907564134699,"sku":"KSF-30","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KSF-30_b.jpg?v=1782111650"},{"product_id":"ksw-05","title":"KSW-05 - KUPO 5 lb Wrap \u0026 Go Shot Bag","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/Hardware Solution\/ksw-05-shot-bag-5 lb-wrap-go.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KSW-05\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KSW-05 is a 5 lb Wrap \u0026amp; Go shot bag for light-duty stand control, small boom offsets, tripod bases, and compact production rigs. Unlike a traditional drape-over shot bag, it uses a non-slip strap so the weight can wrap around a stand base, hang midway on a stand, or sit where a small counterweight is actually useful.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eSmall weights are most useful when they stay exactly where you put them. The KSW-05 gives a 5 lb shot-filled bag a wraparound format, making it easier to stabilize lightweight gear without overloading the setup or leaving a loose bag on the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e5 lb loading weight is easy to carry and well suited to compact stands or small offsets\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eNon-slip strap wraps around stand bases, tripod legs, or boom positions instead of only draping over them\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePrefilled 2 mm steel shot gives dense weight in a small package\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlue label identifies the weight quickly when mixed with larger Wrap \u0026amp; Go bags\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Compact 20 x 9 x 10 cm size fits small kits and location carts\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eKSW-05 is a compact fixed-weight counterweight, designed for placement flexibility rather than vertical reach.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLoading weight: 5 lb (2.3 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSize: 20 x 9 x 10 cm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Fill: 2 mm solid steel shot\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDesign: Wrap \u0026amp; Go non-slip strap format\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMaterial: 1000D Cordura nylon\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for small light stands, tabletop rigs, tripod bases, offset boom arms, compact location kits, or any light setup where a full-size shot bag would be too much.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePart of the Wrap \u0026amp; Go family with KSW-10. Use KSW-10 when the same strap-based format is needed with twice the weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KSW-05 | KUPO 5 lb Wrap \u0026 Go Shot Bag\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KSW-05 is a 5 lb Wrap \u0026 Go shot bag for light-duty stand control, small boom offsets, tripod bases, and compact production rigs. Unlike a traditional drape-over shot bag, it uses a non-slip strap so the weight can wrap around a stand base, hang midway on a stand, or sit where a small counterweight is actually useful.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Shot Bags and Counterweights\",  \"sku\": \"KSW-05\",  \"mpn\": \"KSW-05\",  \"material\": \"1000D Cordura nylon\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Wrap \u0026 go shot bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Loading Weight\",      \"value\": \"5 lb (2.3 kg)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"1000D Cordura nylon\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Wrap-on counterweight\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Best for\",      \"value\": \"Wrap-on stand \/ boom counterweight\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Fill\",      \"value\": \"2 mm solid steel shot\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Size\",      \"value\": \"20 x 9 x 10 cm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Strap\",      \"value\": \"Non-slip wrap-around strap\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sister Variant\",      \"value\": \"KSW-10\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KSW-05\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eHow is Wrap \u0026amp; Go different from a normal shot bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eThe Wrap \u0026amp; Go style uses a strap so the bag can wrap around a stand base, tripod, or boom position. A normal KSF bag mainly drapes over the leg or arm.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs 5 lb enough for a boom arm?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eIt can help with small offsets, but the right counterweight depends on the arm length and load. Move to KSW-10 or a larger KSF bag when the setup needs more weight.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes it come filled?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. KSW-05 is prefilled with 2 mm solid steel shot.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is Wrap \u0026 Go different from a normal shot bag?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The Wrap \u0026 Go style uses a strap so the bag can wrap around a stand base, tripod, or boom position. A normal KSF bag mainly drapes over the leg or arm.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is 5 lb enough for a boom arm?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It can help with small offsets, but the right counterweight depends on the arm length and load. Move to KSW-10 or a larger KSF bag when the setup needs more weight.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it come filled?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. KSW-05 is prefilled with 2 mm solid steel shot.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KSW-05 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Weight Bag","offer_id":53907564265771,"sku":"KSW-05","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KSW-05_b.jpg?v=1782111651"},{"product_id":"ksw-10","title":"KSW-10 - KUPO 10 lb Wrap \u0026 Go Shot Bag","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-B (Stands) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/Hardware Solution\/ksw-10-shot-bag-10 lb-wrap-go.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"KSW-10\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO KSW-10 is the 10 lb Wrap \u0026amp; Go shot bag for crews who like the strap-based placement of the KSW family but need more weight than the 5 lb version. It wraps around stand bases, tripod legs, or boom positions and uses prefilled 2 mm steel shot for compact counterweight performance.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe strap is the point. KSW-10 can sit where a normal drape-over bag might slide, twist, or get kicked aside, making it useful for location work and small rigs where the counterweight has to stay attached to the stand rather than just near it.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003e10 lb loading weight gives more stabilizing force while staying manageable for fast repositioning\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eNon-slip strap wraps around stand bases or can hang midway on a stand as a counterweight\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003ePrefilled 2 mm steel shot keeps the bag dense and compact\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eBlue label helps crew distinguish the 10 lb bag from the 5 lb version at a glance\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e23 x 13 x 12 cm size balances usable weight with easy packing\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eHeight Range \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eKSW-10 is a fixed counterweight with strap-based placement. Size and load are the working dimensions that matter.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eLoading weight: 10 lb (4.55 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eSize: 23 x 13 x 12 cm\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Fill: 2 mm solid steel shot\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eDesign: Wrap \u0026amp; Go non-slip strap format\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eMaterial: 1000D Cordura nylon\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it for light stands, tripod bases, compact boom offsets, small overhead arms, and location rigs where the weight should be strapped in place rather than simply draped.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003ePart of the Wrap \u0026amp; Go family with KSW-05. Choose KSW-05 for lighter setups and KSW-10 when the same placement style needs more counterweight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"KSW-10 | KUPO 10 lb Wrap \u0026 Go Shot Bag\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO KSW-10 is the 10 lb Wrap \u0026 Go shot bag for crews who like the strap-based placement of the KSW family but need more weight than the 5 lb version. It wraps around stand bases, tripod legs, or boom positions and uses prefilled 2 mm steel shot for compact counterweight performance.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Shot Bags and Counterweights\",  \"sku\": \"KSW-10\",  \"mpn\": \"KSW-10\",  \"material\": \"1000D Cordura nylon\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Wrap \u0026 go shot bag\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Loading Weight\",      \"value\": \"10 lb (4.55 kg)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Material\",      \"value\": \"1000D Cordura nylon\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Application\",      \"value\": \"Wrap-on counterweight\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Best for\",      \"value\": \"Heavier stand \/ boom setups\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Fill\",      \"value\": \"2 mm solid steel shot\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Size\",      \"value\": \"23 x 13 x 12 cm\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Strap\",      \"value\": \"Non-slip wrap-around strap\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Sister Variant\",      \"value\": \"KSW-05\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"KSW-10\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhy pick KSW-10 instead of KSW-05?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003ePick KSW-10 when the setup needs more stabilizing weight but you still want the wraparound strap format. KSW-05 is better for very small kits and lighter loads.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003e Can this hang partway up a stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The specification notes that Wrap \u0026amp; Go bags can wrap around tripod bases or hang midway on a stand to offset a load.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs it meant to replace proper rigging safety?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. It is a counterweight. Use it as part of a correctly balanced stand or boom setup, not as a substitute for rated rigging or safety hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why pick KSW-10 instead of KSW-05?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Pick KSW-10 when the setup needs more stabilizing weight but you still want the wraparound strap format. KSW-05 is better for very small kits and lighter loads.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can this hang partway up a stand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The specification notes that Wrap \u0026 Go bags can wrap around tripod bases or hang midway on a stand to offset a load.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is it meant to replace proper rigging safety?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It is a counterweight. Use it as part of a correctly balanced stand or boom setup, not as a substitute for rated rigging or safety hardware.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for KSW-10 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Weight Bag","offer_id":53907564429611,"sku":"KSW-10","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/KSW-10_b.jpg?v=1782111654"},{"product_id":"rs-rr3807","title":"RS-RR3807 - KUPO Rope Ratchet Tie Down","description":"\u003c!-- Sub-type: H-D (Brackets and hangers) --\u003e\u003c!-- Source: Description\/Missing_Markdown\/Hardware Solution\/rs-rr3807-rope-ratchet-tie-down.md --\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-section-title { margin: 1.25rem 0 1rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.3; color: #2C3E50 !important; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description h3 { color: #2C3E50 !important; font-size: 18px !important; font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1.5rem; margin-bottom: 0.75rem; line-height: 1.35; letter-spacing: 0; }.product-description, .product-description p, .product-description li { color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003ch2 class=\"kupo-section-title\"\u003eProduct Description\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"product-description\" data-sku=\"RS-RR3807\" data-color=\"NA\"\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eOverview\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eThe KUPO RS-RR3807 is a rope ratchet tie down for securing the top of a stand to the ground or another firm position. It combines a 3\/8\" (9.5 mm) polyester braided rope, 23 ft (7 mm) working length, chrome-plated steel hook, zinc casting gear, thumb release, and 250 lb (113.6 kg) maximum load capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eWhy It Matters\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eTall stands do not only need weight at the base. In windy or exposed setups, tying the top of the stand back to a firm point can reduce shake and help keep the rig under control, especially when used with proper ballast and stand placement.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cul\u003e    \u003cli\u003eRatchet mechanism keeps the rope taut so it does not gradually work loose during use\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e23 ft (7 mm) polyester braided rope gives practical reach from stand top to ground or anchor point\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e Chrome-plated steel hook and zinc casting gear provide durable hardware for repeated setup work\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003eThumb release allows quick detachment when the stand is ready to be broken down\u003c\/li\u003e    \u003cli\u003e250 lb maximum load capacity suits stand stabilization and tie-down work within the rated limit\u003c\/li\u003e  \u003c\/ul\u003e  \u003ch3\u003eApplications\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eUse it to steady wind-up stands, tall light stands, temporary outdoor positions, venue installs, and exposed setups where the stand top needs a controlled tie-back to a firm anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003ch3\u003e Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e  \u003cp\u003eA natural accessory for KUPO wind-up stands and tall stand setups. The anchor point, stand, rope angle, and total rig must be checked as a complete system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",  \"@type\": \"Product\",  \"name\": \"RS-RR3807 | KUPO Rope Ratchet Tie Down\",  \"description\": \"The KUPO RS-RR3807 is a rope ratchet tie down for securing the top of a stand to the ground or another firm position. It combines a 3\/8\\\" (9.5 mm) polyester braided rope, 23 ft (7 mm) working length, chrome-plated steel hook, zinc casting gear, thumb release, and 250 lb (113.6 kg) maximum load capacity.\",  \"brand\": {    \"@type\": \"Brand\",    \"name\": \"KUPO\"  },  \"manufacturer\": {    \"@type\": \"Organization\",    \"name\": \"KUPO CO. LTD\",    \"url\": \"https:\/\/www.stage.com.tw\"  },  \"category\": \"Hardware Solution \u003e Stand Safety Accessories\",  \"sku\": \"RS-RR3807\",  \"mpn\": \"RS-RR3807\",  \"material\": \"Polyester braided rope with chrome plated steel hook and zinc casting gear\",  \"additionalProperty\": [    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Product Type\",      \"value\": \"Ratchet rope tie down\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Best for\",      \"value\": \"Wind-up stand tethering\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Maximum Load Capacity\",      \"value\": \"113.6 kg (250 lb)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Rope Diameter\",      \"value\": \"3\/8\\\" (9.5 mm)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Rope Length\",      \"value\": \"7 mm (23 ft)\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Rope Material\",      \"value\": \"Polyester braided rope\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Hook\",      \"value\": \"Chrome plated steel hook\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Ratchet Gear\",      \"value\": \"Zinc casting gear\"    },    {      \"@type\": \"PropertyValue\",      \"name\": \"Release\",      \"value\": \"Thumb release for quick detachment\"    }  ]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003cstyle\u003e.kupo-faq-seo-block { margin: 3rem 0 0 0; padding: 0; border: 0; background: transparent; box-sizing: border-box; }.kupo-faq-seo-block h2 { margin: 0 0 1.6rem 0; font-size: 22px !important; font-weight: 700; line-height: 1.4; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item { border-top: 1px solid #ececec; padding: 0.8rem 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item:first-of-type { border-top: 0; padding-top: 0; }.kupo-faq-seo-item h3 { margin: 0 0 0.35rem 0; font-size: 17px !important; font-weight: 600; line-height: 1.45; color: #2C3E50 !important; }.kupo-faq-seo-item p { margin: 0; line-height: 1.6; color: #222222 !important; }\u003c\/style\u003e\u003csection class=\"kupo-faq-seo-block\" data-product-id=\"RS-RR3807\" data-category=\"Hardware Solution\"\u003e  \u003ch2\u003e Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eIs this a lifting device?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eNo. RS-RR3807 is a tie-down and stabilization accessory, not a hoist or lifting device.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eWhere should it be attached?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eAttach it from the stand top to a firm, suitable anchor point so the rope helps steady the stand. The anchor point must be appropriate for the load and direction of pull.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e  \u003cdiv class=\"kupo-faq-seo-item\"\u003e    \u003ch3\u003eDoes the ratchet stay tight by itself?\u003c\/h3\u003e    \u003cp\u003eYes. The ratchet structure is designed to keep the rope taut until you use the thumb release during breakdown.\u003c\/p\u003e  \u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\":\"https:\/\/schema.org\",\"@type\":\"FAQPage\",\"mainEntity\":[{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this a lifting device?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. RS-RR3807 is a tie-down and stabilization accessory, not a hoist or lifting device.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where should it be attached?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Attach it from the stand top to a firm, suitable anchor point so the rope helps steady the stand. The anchor point must be appropriate for the load and direction of pull.\"}},{\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does the ratchet stay tight by itself?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The ratchet structure is designed to keep the rope taut until you use the thumb release during breakdown.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e\u003c!-- Download block omitted: no confirmed spec sheet PDF for RS-RR3807 --\u003e","brand":"KUPO Stage","offers":[{"title":"Lighting Stand Accessories \/ Base \/ Plate","offer_id":53907567968555,"sku":"RS-RR3807","price":0.0,"currency_code":"TWD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0999\/6887\/6843\/files\/RS-RR3807_b.jpg?v=1782111694"}],"url":"https:\/\/kupostage.com\/collections\/lighting-stand-accessories.oembed","provider":"KUPO Stage","version":"1.0","type":"link"}